Professional Documents
Culture Documents
كتاب المعلّم ايقاظ س2
كتاب المعلّم ايقاظ س2
ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻅ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ
ﻟﻠﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﹼﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ
ﺍﳌﺆﻟﹼﻔﻮﻥ
502203
ﻣـﻘــﺪﻣــﺔ
ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻬﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺪﺍﻏﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﹼﻢ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﻳﻘﺘﺮﺣﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﹼﻤﲔ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﺀ
ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﹼﻘﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻬﻢ ﻭﺗﺪﺭﻳﺒﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣ ﹼﻞ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﺗﻌﺘﺮﺿﻬﻢ ﻭﲢﺴﻴﺴﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﳜﻲ ﻟﻠﻌﻠﻢ
ﺑﺘﻮﺟﻴﻬﻬﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﺀﻟﺔ ﻭﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﻭﺧﻄﻮﺭﺗﻪ ﻣﱴ ﹼﰎ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺠﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻻ ﻏﲑ
ﳊﺠﺎﺝ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻴﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻜﺘﺴﺒﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺸﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺪﺍﻏﻮﺟﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍ ِ
ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﳌﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﹼﺮﻕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻤﺸﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺛﻴﻖ.
ﻫﺬﺍ ،ﻭﰲ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﻧﺎ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﲟﺎ ﺗﻀﻤﻨﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﺭﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﻏﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻬﻢ
ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﹼﺍﰐ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﹼﻢ ﻣﱴ ﲤﺜﹼﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﻣﲔ ﻭﺃﻏﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﲟﺒﺎﺩﺭﺍﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺛﻴﻖ.
ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺟﺬﺍﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﻘﺘﺮﺣﺔ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﶈﺎﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺪﻧﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﻏﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ،
ﻚ ﺟﺎﻫﺰﺓ ،ﺃﻭ ﻗﻮﺍﻟﺐ ﻣﻨﻤﻄﺔ ﻳﻨﺴﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﻮﺍﳍﺎ ،ﺑﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ،ﻓﻬﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﹶﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﹶﻛﻤﺴﺎﻟِ
ﺗﺸﻜﹼﻞ ﻣﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻻﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﺘ ﻮ ِﺧّﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﺫﺍﺗﻴﺔ ﺗﺄﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻭﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﹼﻤﲔ
ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻮﻓﹼﺮ ﰲ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻭﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ.
ﻭﰲ ﺍﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩﻧﺎ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺮﻭﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺄﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺸﺠﻊ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﹼﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﻜﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﳛﺘﻠﹼﻪ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻅ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﻣﻦ
ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﰲ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﹼﻢ ،ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺮﲰﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﻮﻣﺎﺕ ،ﻭﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﺘﻀﻴﻪ ﻣﻨﻬﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﻳﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺪﺭﺝ
ﰲ ﺍﻛﺘﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﻭﺍﳌﻬﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﲤﻠﹼﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻬﺪﻓﺔ ،ﻭﺇﺭﺳﺎﺀ ﺳﻠﻮﻛﺎﺕ ﺑﺬﻝ ﺍﳉﻬﺪ ﻭﺍﶈﺎﺟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ.
ﻛﻤﺎ ﳚﺪ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﹼﻢ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﺃﺩﺭﺟﻨﺎﻫﺎ – ﺭﻏﻢ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ
ﺍﻟﺮﲰﻲ – ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺎﺿﺮﺓ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺗﻴﺴﺮ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﳊﺼﻴﻒ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﳌﻀﺎﻣﲔ.
3
ﻱ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻑ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻪ ﻛﻠﹼﻤﺎ ﺍﻗﺘﻀﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ
ﻫﺬﺍ ،ﻭﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻣﺜﺎﻻ ﳌﺨﻄﹼﻂ ﺳﻨﻮ
ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻭﻣﺪﻯ ﺗﺪ ﺭﺝ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﹼﻤﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻻﻛﺘﺴﺎﺏ.
ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﺮﺻﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻣﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﹼﻢ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻮﺛﺎﺋﻖ ﻣﻌﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﻨﺴﺦ ﻳﺸﺘﻐﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣﻴﺬ
ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﺨﺼﺺ ﳍﻢ ،ﻭﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﺎﺋﻖ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺇﺩﻣﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻭﲤﺎﺭﻳﻦ
ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻣﺎ ﻭﻓﻀﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ.
ﺃﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻹﺩﻣﺎﺟﻲ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺣﻨﺎ ﳕﻮﺫﺟﲔ ﺑﺈﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﹼﻢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﺱ
ﻤﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ* ،ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﺩﺭﺟﻨﺎ ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﻠﹼﻢ ﺇﺩﻣﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ
ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﰲ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ.
4
ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺸﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺪﺍﻏﻮﺟﻲ
ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺗﻮﺧﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﻏﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﻨﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺱ
ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﺑﲔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﺑﺎﺕ ﻳﺘﻤﺜﹼﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻻﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺷﻜﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻇﻴﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﹼﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻢ
ﺴﻬِﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻣﺘﻼﻙ ﻛﻔﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻓﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﳍﺪﻑ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﻭﺗﺤ ِﻔّﺰﻩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﶈﻴﻂ ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺴﺎﺏ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﻭﻣﻬﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗ
ﴰﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﲤﻔﺼﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺪﺍﺧﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﻜﺎﻣﻠﻬﺎ ،ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﺈ ﹼﻥ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﹼﻢ ﺳﻴﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺣﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ
ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺪﺍﻏﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﻓﺄﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﲤﹼﺖ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ :
-ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ
-ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﻠﹼﻢ ﻣﻨﻬﺠﻲ
-ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﻠﹼﻢ ﺇﺩﻣﺎﺟﻲ
-ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ
ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﹼﰎ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺪﺍﻏﻮﺟﻲ ﻣﱴ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻋﻰ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﴰﻮﻟﻴﺔ ﺇﺩﻣﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗ ﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﻮﺙ
ﻣﻨﻄﻠﻘﺎ ﻳﺘ ﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻭﺭﺑﻄﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺶ.
ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﹼﰎ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺸﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ :
-ﺍﻹﺛﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻬﺔ
-ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻔﻬﻮﻡ
-ﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺶ
-ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻤﻴﻢ
-ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻢ
ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﻋﻦ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﺑﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﳌﺨﻄﹼﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ :
5
(1ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺷﻜﺎﻟﻴﺔ.
ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺷﻜﺎﻟﻴﺔ
ﺍﻟﺘـﻘﻴـﻴـﻢ
ﺇﺷﻜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ
ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ
ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ
ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ
ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ
6
ﻭﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﳕﻮﺫﺝ ﺇﺩﻣﺎﺝ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺪﺍﻏﻮﺟﻲ
7
– 3ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ :
8
.3.3ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺪﺍﻏﻮﺟﻲ :
9
ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ :
ﻳﻠﻌﺐ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﰊ ﺩﻭﺭﺍ ﻫﺎﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺇﻛﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﹼﻤﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺛﻴﻖ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻻ ﲣﻠﻮ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﺑﻴﺪﺍﻏﻮﺟﻴﺔ
ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺘﺮﺣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺸﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺪﺍﻏﻮﺟﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﰊ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳒﺪ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺔ
ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻِﺳﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﻭﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻِﺷﻜﺎﻟﻴﺔ
ﻛﻤﺎ ﳒﺪﻩ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺪﺍﻏﻮﺟﻲ ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻠﻪ ،ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻨﺪ
ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﺛﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﻭﺭﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺶ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻤﻴﻢ
ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻢ ،ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺇﻳﻼﺀ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﺤ ﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺩﻋﻢ ﻛﻔﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺘﺎﺝ
ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﰊ )ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ (...
ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻭﺣﺔ ﺑﲔ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺪﺍﻏﻮﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺘﺮﺣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﺴﺐ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﹼﻤﲔ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺪﺭﺍﺕ
ﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ :
-ﺗﻮﻇﻴﻒ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻈﹼﻮﺍﻫﺮ
-ﺗﻮﻇﻴﻒ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺴﺒﺔ ﰲ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﺣﻠﻮﻝ
-ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﻭﲝﻮﺙ ﻭﺇﳒﺎﺯﻫﺎ
-ﺍﻹﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤﻮﺙ ﺍﳌﻨﺠﺰﺓ
ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺪﺭﺍﺕ – ﻣﱴ ﹼﰎ ﺍﻛﺘﺴﺎﺎ – ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﹼﻤﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲡﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﺋﻖ )ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺟﺰ( ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﺣﺪﺩﻧﺎﻫﺎ
ﺑﻄﺎﻟﻊ ﻋﻴﻨﺔ ﺟﺬﺍﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﻘﺘﺮﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻤﺜﹼﻠﺔ ﰲ :
-ﺍﻹﺣﻴﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺇﺿﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﺪﺓ ﻭﺟﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻭﺗﺸﻌﺮ ﻭﳍﺎ ﻗﺼﺪﻳﺔ ﻓﺎﳌﻄﺮ ﻣﺜﻼ
ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﺣﻲ ﻳﺴﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ.
-ﺍﻻِﺻﻄﻨﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺑﲔ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﺻﻄﻨﺎﻋ ﻲ
-ﺍﻟﺪﳎﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺪﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻜ ﹼﻞ ﺑﺎﳉﺰﺀ
ﻭﻳﺪﺭﻙ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻛﺎ ﺷﺎﻣﻼ ﻭﻣﺒﻬﻤﺎ.
-ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻈﹼﺎﻫﺮ ﻓﺎﻟﻄﹼﻔﻞ ﻳﺪﺭﻙ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺄﺛﲑﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻈﹼﺎﻫﺮ ﺃﻭ
ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺠﻬﺎ ﺍﶈﺴﻮﺳﺔ.
ﺍﳌﺆﻟﻔﻮﻥ
10
ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺪﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ
ﺳﻌﻴﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻴﺴﲑ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﹼﻢ ،ﺧﻴﺮﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻮﺭﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻬﺪﻓﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ
ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ،ﺭﻏﻢ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺮﲰﻲ ﻟﻠﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻟﺴﺒﺒﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗ ﹼﻞ :
– 1ﲤﻜﲔ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﹼﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻩ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﺪﳝﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺣﺼﻴﻒ ﳌﻀﺎﻣﲔ
ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﻗﺘﺪﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﳉﺬﺍﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻄﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﻟﻺﳒﺎﺯ ،ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻻ ﻳﻌﲏ
ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻮﺣﺔ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﻴﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﶈﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﺈ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﱃ
ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌ ﻲ ﻭﺿﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﻻﺑ ﺪ ﻣﻨﻪ.
– 2ﺗﻮﻓﲑ ﻓﺮﺻﺔ ﺍﻹﳌﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺧﺬ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﻮﺭ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻹﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ
ﺇﱃ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻹﻃﹼﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻌﻠﹼﻢ ﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺘﲔ ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻧﺘﲔ ﻟﻠﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ
ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻔﺮﺿﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﻭﺗﺸﺎﻭﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﺪﱘ ﺑﲔ ﻣﻌﻠﹼﻤﻴﻬﺎ.
ﳎﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻢ
ﺗﻔﺮﻋﺖ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ "ﺣ ﹼﻞ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﺩﺍﻟﹼﺔ" .ﻛﻔﺎﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﻋﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺰﺕ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻧﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ ﻭﻣﻴﺰﺕ
ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﺀ.
ﻭﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﳌﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻃﲔ ﻣﺘﻜﺎﻣﻼﻥ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻨﻔﺼﻼﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﺠﻴﺎ ،ﳜﺪﻣﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﹼﻢ ﻗﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﺄﻛﹼﺪﺓ.
11
ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻠﺨﻴﺺ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ :
ﺍﻟﻜﻔـﺎﻳـﺔ ﺍﻟـﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴـﺔ
ﺍﻻﻗـﺘـﺪﺍﺭﺍﺕ
ﺍﳌــﺆﺷــﺮﺍﺕ
12
ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ :ﺣﻞﹼ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﺩﺍﻟﹼﺔ
ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ : 1ﺣ ﹼﻞ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﺑﺈﳒﺎﺯ ﲝﻮﺙ ﻭﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻈﹼﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ.
ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ : 2ﺣ ﹼﻞ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﺑﺈﳒﺎﺯ ﲝﻮﺙ ﻭﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻴﺔ ﰲ
ﻋﻼﻗﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﶈﻴﻂ.
ﺍﳌــﺆﺷــﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻗـﺘــﺪﺭﺍﺕ
13
ﺍﳌــﺆﺷــﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻗـﺘــﺪﺭﺍﺕ
* ﺗﺼﻮﺭ ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻭﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ :
-ﲨﻊ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ
-ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ
-ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺸﻲ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﻤﺪ
* ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﳒﺎﺯ :
-ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺣﻞ * ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﳌﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﻭﲝﻮﺙ ﻭﺇﳒﺎﺯﻫﺎ
-ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ
-ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﻲ ﹼﰒ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ
... -
14
15
ﺍﳌﺨﻄﹼﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﻱ
ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ
16
2 ﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﺱ
ﺍﳌﺨﻄﹼﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﻱ
ﻟﻠﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﳌﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ
ﻂ – ﻛﻠﺐ – ﺩﺟﺎﺟﺔ – ﻭﺯﺓ – * ﺻﻮﺭ ﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻟﻴﻔﺔ :ﻗ ﹼ ﲤﻴﻴﺰ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﻔﺔ
ﺑﻄﹼﺔ – ﺩﻳﻚ ﺭﻭﻣ ﻲ – ﺧﺮﻭﻑ – ﻣﻌﺰﺍﺓ – ﺟﺪﻱ – ﻛﺒﺶ
ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﺔ - .ﺗﻌﺮﻓﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ – ﺛﻮﺭ – ﺑﻘﺮﺓ – ﲪﺎﺭ – ﺣﺼﺎﻥ – ﲨﻞ – ﲪﺎﻣﺔ –
ﺃﺭﻧﺐ ... ﺗﻌﻴﺶ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ.
* ﺻﻮﺭ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺎ :
ﺯﺭﻳﺒﺔ – ﻣﺮﻧﺒﺔ – ﻗ ﻦ /ﻣﺪﺟﻨﺔ – ﺇﺳﻄﺒﻞ – ﺣﺪﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﳌﱰﻝ –
ﻣﺮﻋﻰ /ﺣﻘﻞ /ﺿﻴﻌﺔ – ﻋﺶ – ﺧ ﻢ – ﺧﻠﻴﺔ...
* ﺻﻮﺭ ﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﻳﺔ :ﺃﺳﺪ – ﺧﱰﻳﺮ – ﻓﻴﻞ – ﺯﺭﺍﻓﺔ –
ﺍﻟـــﻮﺳـــﻂ ﺍﻟـــﺒــﻴــﺌـﻲ
ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟ ﱪﻳﺔ
ﻛﻨﻐﺮ – ﻗﺮﺩ – ﻓﺮﺱ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺮ – ﳕﺮ – ﻓﻬﺪ – ﻭﺭﻝ – ﻏﺰﺍﻟﺔ
– ﻧﺴﺮ – ﻧﻌﺎﻣﺔ – ﺫﺋﺐ – ﺛﻌﻠﺐ – ﻭﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ – -ﺗﻌﺮﻓﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ
ﲤﺴﺎﺡ – ﺿﺒﻊ – ﺛﻌﺒﺎﻥ - ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﺗﻌﻴﺶ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ.
* ﺻﻮﺭ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺎ :
ﻏﺎﺑﺔ – ﺟﺒﻞ /ﺛﻠﻮﺝ – ﺮ – ﺻﺤﺮﺍﺀ ...
ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻟﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﺑ ﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻐﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﳚﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻟﻴﻔﺔ /ﺑﺮﻳﺔ
17
أء س 2
-ﻛﺒﺶ ﻳﻨﻄﺢ ﻃﻔﻼ ﺻﻐﲑﺍ. ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﻊ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﻔﺔ
-ﺩﻳﻚ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻄﹼﺔ ﺗﻨﻘﺮ ﻃﻔﻼ ﳛﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﻚ ﺎ.
ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﺗﻮﻓﹼﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ -ﺍﳌﻀﺎ ﺭ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﺗﻨﺠ ﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ -ﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻌﺐ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻥ.
-ﲪﺎﺭ ﻳﺮﻛﻞ ﺷﺨﺼﺎ …
-ﻃﻔﻞ ﻧﺎﺋﻢ ﻭﻗﻄﹼﺔ ﲜﺎﻧﺒﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﺮ. ﺍﻟﱪﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ
ﺍﻷﻟﻴﻔﺔ.
ﺍﻟـــــﻮﺳــــــﻂ ﺍﻟـــــﺒـــﻴــﺌـﻲ
ﻣﻨﺘﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﺔ. ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟ ﱪﻳﺔ
ﻣﻌﻄﻒ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﺏ /ﺍﻟﺜﹼﻌﻠﺐ.
ﺣﻘﻴﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻠﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺴﺎﺡ /ﺍﻟﺜﹼﻌﺒﺎﻥ /ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺮ )ﺃﻭ ﺻﻮﺭ ﳍﺎ( ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﺗﻮﻓﹼﺮﻫﺎ.
-ﻣﺸﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺝ /ﺃﻧﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻞ /ﳊﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﺎﻡ ...
)ﺃﻭ ﺻﻮﺭ ﳍﺎ(.
ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺷﻔﻮﻳﺔ.
-ﺻﻮﺭ ﻭﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﲤﺜﹼﻞ ﺿﻴﻌﺔ -ﺣﻘﻞ – ﻏﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﲤﻴﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﻳﻐﺮﺳﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ
ﺯﻳﺘﻮﻥ ﺃﻭ ﳔﻴﻞ – ﺣﺪﺍﺋﻖ – ﺧﻀﺮ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ :ﺑﻘﺪﻧﻮﺱ – ﺟﺰﺭ
ﺲ – ﺑﻄﺎﻃﺎ.– ﺑﺼﻞ – ﺧ ﻳﻐﺮﺳﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺗﻐﺮﺱ
-ﺑﺬﻭﺭ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ :ﻗﻤﺢ – ﺷﻌﲑ – ﲪﺺ – ﻓﻮﻝ – ﺫﺭﺓ ...
-ﲦﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻮﺭ ﳍﺎ :ﺯﻳﺘﻮﻥ – ﺭﻣﺎﻥ – ﲤﺮ – ﺇﺟﺎﺹ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺗﺰﺭﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ.
– ﺧﻮﺥ – ﻟﻮﺯ ...
ﻣﻌﺠﻮﻥ ﻟﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ – ﺯﻳﻮﺕ ...
-ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺯﻫﺎﺭ :ﻳﺎﲰﲔ – ﻭﺭﺩ – ﻓ ﹼﻞ ) ...ﺃﻭ ﺻﻮﺭ ﳍﺎ(
18
2 ﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﺱ
ﺟــــــــﺴــﻢ ﺍﻹﻧـــــﺴــــﺎﻥ
-ﺻﻨﻊ ﺩﻣﻰ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ
ﺺ /ﺃﻗﻼﻡ ﻣﻠﻮﻧﺔ /ﻣﺴﺎﻣﲑ ﺑﺎﺭﻳﺴﻴﺔ –)ﻭﺭﻕ ﻣﻘﻮﻯ /ﻣﻘ
ﺧﻴﻂ (-ﺩﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﻕ ﻣﻘﻮﻯ -ﺩﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﺪﺍﺋﻦ – ﻣﻨﺪﻳﻞ
– ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﺧﺸﺒﻴﺔ.
ﺍﻟﻮﻋﻲ ﺑﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﶈﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﻳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﳍﺎ -ﺻﻮﺭ ﲡﺴﻢ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﻳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﳍﺎ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ :
* ﻃﻔﻞ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﹼﻖ ﲟﺆﺧﺮﺓ ﺷﺎﺣﻨﺔ * ﺃﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﻳﻠﻌﺒﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺼ ﻲ /
ﻳﺘﻘﺎﺫﻓﻮﻥ ﺍﳊﺠﺎﺭﺓ * ﻃﻔﻞ ﻳﻠﻌﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﺮﻳﻖ * ﻃﻔﻞ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ : ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ
ﻳﻘﻄﻊ ﺧﺸﺒﺔ ﺑﺴﻜﹼﲔ * ﻃﻔﻞ ﳝﺴﻚ ﺃﺳﻼﻛﺎ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﺭﻳﺔ
* ﻃﻔﻞ ﻳﻠﻌﺐ ﺑﺄﻋﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻳﺖ * ﻃﻔﻞ ﳛﺎﻭﻝ ﺟﺬﺏ ﺇﻧﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﺃﺧﻄﺎﺭﻫﺎ
ﻣﺎﺀ ﺳﺎﺧﻦ * ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﻌﺼﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ * ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ
ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﻣﺼﻮﺭ : 1ﻃﻔﻞ ﻳﻘﻮﺩ ﺍﻟ ﺪﺭﺍﺟﺔ ﻭﻻ ﳝﺴﻚ ﺑﺎﳌﻘﻮﺩ
: 2ﺍﻟﻄﹼﻔﻞ ﻣﻠﻘﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺩﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ : 3ﺍﻟﻄﹼﻔﻞ
ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺸﻔﻰ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺻﻴﺐ ﺑﻜﺴﻮﺭ.
ﺻﻮﺭ ﻟـ :
-ﺗﻼﻣﻴﺬ ﻳﺪﺧﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﰲ ﻫﺪﻭﺀ – ﻃﻔﻞ ﻳﺴﲑ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟ ﺮﺻﻴﻒ – ﻳﻌﱪ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﺮﻳﻖ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻤ ﺮ
ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺷﻔﻮﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ.
19
2 ﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﺱ
ﺍﻟﹼـــــﺘــــﻐــــﺬﻳـــــــــﺔ
-ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺎ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻏﺬﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻮﺭ ﳍﺎ.
ﻣﺜﺎﻝ )ﺯﻳﺖ +ﳊﻢ +ﲪﺺ +ﺑﺼﻞ +ﻃﻤﺎﻃﻢ +ﺟﺰﺭ
+ﲰﻦ +ﻓﻠﻔﻞ( ﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ...ﻛﺴﻜﺲ
ﺻﻮﺭ ﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ )ﻣﻌﺰﺍﺓ – ﺑﻘﺮﺓ – ﺧﺮﻭﻑ – ﲨﻞ – ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻥ
ﻂ +ﻓﺄﺭ – ﺩﺟﺎﺟﺔ( ﺃﺭﻧﺐ – ﻗ ﹼ
ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ :ﺃﺭﻧﺐ ﻳﻘﻀﻢ ﺍﳉﺰﺭ ﺑﻘﻮﺍﻃﻌﻪ ﺍﻷﻏﺬﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ
-ﺩﺟﺎﺟﺔ ﺗﻠﺘﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﺪﺍﻥ ﲟﻨﻘﺎﺭﻫﺎ
ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺃﻭﺳﺎﻃﻬﺎ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ -ﺧﺮﻭﻑ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻗﻮﺍﻃﻌﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺐ
-ﺿﻔﺪﻋﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﺴﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﳊﺸﺮﺍﺕ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ.
-ﻓﻴﻞ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﳋﺮﻃﻮﻡ ﻷﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺐ ﹼﰒ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ
ﻂ ﻳﻔﺘﺮﺱ ﻓﺄﺭﺍ.
"ﺍﻷﺳﻨﺎﻥ -ﺍﳋﺮﻃﻮﻡ – ﺍﳌﻨﻘﺎﺭ" -ﻗ ﹼ
20
2 ﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﺱ
ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ
ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺷﻔﻮﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ.
ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻷﻏﺬﻳﺔ.
ﺍﻟــــﺘـــــــﻨــــــﻘﹼــــــــــﻞ
-ﺃﺭﻧﺐ :ﺭﺳﻢ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺋﻤﺘﲔ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻴﺘﲔ -ﺍﳌﺸﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﻭ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻔﺰ
-ﺻﻮﺭ ﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺎ : ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﹼﻞ
ﺣﻮﺍﻓﺮ – ﺃﻇﻼﻑ – ﳐﺎﻟﺐ – ﺃﺧﻔﺎﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ.
-ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﳍﺎ ﺃﻇﻼﻑ :ﺧﺮﻭﻑ – ﺑﻘﺮﺓ – ﻣﻌﺰﺍﺓ ... ﻭﺍﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ
-ﳍﺎ ﺣﻮﺍﻓﺮ :ﲪﺎﺭ – ﺣﺼﺎﻥ ... ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ.
-ﳍﺎ ﺃﺧﻔﺎﻑ :ﲨﻞ ...
ﻂ – ﻓﻬﺪ ... -ﳍﺎ ﳐﺎﻟﺐ :ﻛﻠﺐ – ﻗ ﹼ
-ﺻﻮﺭ ﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﻘﻔﺰ :ﺃﺭﻧﺐ – ﻗﺮﺩ – ﻛﻨﻐﺮ –
ﺿﻔﺪﻉ...
-ﺻﻮﺭ ﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﻌﺪﻭ :ﺣﺼﺎﻥ – ﻏﺰﺍﻝ – ﻓﻬﺪ – ﳕﺮ
– ﺃﺳﺪ ...
ﺐ
ﲪﺎﻣﺔ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻣﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﲞﻴﻂ /ﺣ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﹼﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ
-ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻟﻄﻴﻮﺭ ﻣﻊ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺩﺧﻴﻠﺔ :ﺑﻠﺒﻞ -ﺣﺴﻮﻥ
– ﻧﺴﺮ – ﻟﻘﻠﻖ – ﺧﻄﹼﺎﻑ ... ﺍﻟﻄﹼﲑﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﻷﺟﻨﺤﺔ
ﺻﻮﺭ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺤﺔ ...
ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺷﻔﻮﻳﺔ ...
ﻱ
-ﲰﻜﺔ ﰲ ﺇﻧﺎﺀ ﺑﻠﹼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﹼﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ
-ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﲰﻜﺔ ﻣﻜﺒﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺎﺣﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﻋﺎﻧﻒ
-ﺻﻮﺭ ﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﺴﺒﺢ :ﲰﻚ – ﺣﻮﺕ -ﺩﻟﻔﲔ ...
ﺺ– -ﺻﻮﺭ ﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﲰﻜﺔ :ﺍﳉﺴﻢ /ﺍﻟﺰﻋﺎﻧﻒ /ﻣﻘ
ﻟﺼﺎﻕ – ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﻣﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ.
21
2 ﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﺱ
ﺍﻟﺘﻨـﻘﹼﻞ
-ﲡﺴﻴﻢ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺣﺔ – ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪ ﳕﻂ ﺗﻨﻘﹼﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﺰ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﻭ ﻭﺍﳌﺸﻲ
ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ– ﺣﺒﻞ.
-ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻘﺪﻡ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺸﻲ /ﻋﺪﻭ.
ﺍﻟـــــﺘـــــﻨـــــــﻔﹼــــــــﺲ
-ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﺄﺭ ﲢﺖ ﺇﻧﺎﺀ ﺑﻠﹼﻮﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻥ.
-ﻣﺸﻬﺪ ﺻﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻚ )ﲰﻜﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻨﺎﺭﺓ(
-ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻛﻠﺐ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ
-ﻋﺼﻔﻮﺭ ﰲ ﻗﻔﺺ – ﻗﻄﹼﺔ /ﻛﻠﺐ
ﺻﻮﺭ :ﺣﺪﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﺳﻂ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ – ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺭﻳﻔﻴﺔ /ﺟﺒﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﹼﺲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ
-ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ :ﻃﻔﻞ ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﻧﻮﺍﻓﺬ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ
-ﻋﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻏﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻐﻠﻘﺔ ﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻨﺎﻕ – ﺍﻟﺰﻛﺎﻡ ...
-ﺗﻌﺎﻃﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﻠﻖ
-ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﳌﺪﺧﻨﺔ ﻣﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺼﻨﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺩﺧﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ. ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺻﺤﻴﺔ
-ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻧﺎﺋﻢ ﰲ ﻏﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﺪﻓﺄﺓ.
22
2 ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ ﺱ
ﺍﳌﺨﻄﹼﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﻱ
ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ
ﻟﻠﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﶈﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﳌﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ
ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻈﹼﺎﻫﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﻟﻈﹼﺎﻫﺮﻱ ﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺟﺴﻢ .ﺃﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ :ﳑﺤﺎﺓ – ﻗﺎﺭﻭﺭﺓ – ﻣﺴﻤﺎﺭ – ﻋﻠﺒﺔ
ﳉﺴﻢ ﻳﻮﺿﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ "ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﻴﺪ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺻﻐﲑﺍ" ﺻﻐﲑﺓ.
ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ "ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻛﺒﲑﺍ" ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻳﻠﻌﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺠﺎﺕ /ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺮﺍﺕ
ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﻣﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪﺓ – ﺃﺷﺠﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﺮﻳﻖ. ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ.
ﺍﻟــــــــــﻔـــــــــﻀـــــــــﺎﺀ
ﺃﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ :ﻗﻮﺍﺭﻳﺮ – ﻋﻠﺐ ... ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ
-ﺃﺷﺠﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻓﹼﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﻔﺼﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻈﹼﺎﻫﺮﻳﺔ.
ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ " -ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺪ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ -ﻣﺸﻬﺪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ :ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺐ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ – ﻃﻴﻮﺭ ﰲ
ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺀ – ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻈﻼﹼﺕ – ﺳﺒﺎﻕ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ – ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺏ" ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻈﹼﺎﻫﺮﻳﺔ.
" -ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺏ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﻛﱪ ﺳﺒﺎﻕ ﺩﺭﺍﺟﺎﺕ – ﺃﻋﻤﺪﺓ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ – ﺧﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﰲ
ﺍﳌﺮﻋﻰ – ﺃﻋﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻓﹼﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﺮﻳﻖ ... ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺪ"
-ﺳﺒﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻭ
ﻭﺑﺮﻳﺔ – ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ – ﺻﻮﺭ – ﻣﺸﻬﺪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ – ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﰲ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ
ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻄﻴﺔ) .ﻭﺿﻊ ﺟﺴﻤﲔ ﺃﺛﺎﺙ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ.
ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺣﺔ )ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡ /ﺃﺷﺠﺎﺭ /ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ / ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺿﻌﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ(
(... ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ.
ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﺪﺭﺳﻴﺔ – ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ :ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ – ﺃﺷﺠﺎﺭ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺴﻤﲔ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ
– ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﺮﻳﻖ – ﺃﺛﺎﺙ ﺍﳌﱰﻝ – ﺃﺷﺨﺎﺹ – ﻳﻐﻄﹼﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﹼﺎﱐ ﻛﻠﻴﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻄﻴﺔ.
ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ. ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺿﻌﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺔ /ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﻛﻠﻴﺔ
ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﻣﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ. ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ
)ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ( ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺘﲔ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺘﲔ.
23
2 ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ ﺱ
-ﺟﺴﻢ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ :ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺳﺔ -ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ
ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ :ﻣﺘﻌﻠﹼﻢ – ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮ. ﺗﻔﺼﻠﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﻗﺼﲑﺓ. ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ
-ﺟﺴﻢ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ :ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻧﻘﻞ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ … ﻭﺟﺴﻢ ﻣﺎ.
-ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ :ﻣﺪﺭﺳﺔ /ﻣﻠﻌﺐ /ﺣﻘﻞ /ﲪﺎﻡ ﺗﻔﺼﻠﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﺮ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ.
-ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ
ﺍﻟــــــــــﻔـــــــــﻀـــــــــﺎﺀ
/ﳏﻄﹼﺔ /ﺳﻮﻕ /ﺻﻴﺪﻟﻴﺔ /ﻣﻜﺘﺒﺔ /ﺷﺎﻃﺊ … ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺮﺎ ﻣﻦ
ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ
-ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺷﻔﻮﻳﺔ /ﻣﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﻄﻮﻝ
ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺃﻭ
ﻗﺼﺮﻫﺎ.
ﺧﻴﻂ – ﺷﺮﻳﻂ – ﺧﺸﺒﺔ – ﻣﺴﻄﺮﺓ – ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ :ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻗﻴﺲ ﺍﻷﻃﻮﺍﻝ -ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ
– ﺧﺰﺍﻧﺔ – ﺑﻨﺎﻳﺎﺕ – ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﰲ ﻛﺄﺱ /ﻗﺎﺭﻭﺭﺓ "ﺍﳌﺘﺮ" ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﻘﻴﺲ ﺍﻷﻃﻮﺍﻝ
ﺻﻮﺭ ﳊﺮﻓﻴﲔ :ﺑﻨﺎﺀ – ﺧﻴﺎﻁ – ﳒﹼﺎﺭ – ﺑﺎﺋﻊ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ.
ﱯ – ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻄﻲ -ﺍﳌﻄﻮﻱ
ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﺮ "ﺍﳌﺘﺮ -ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳌﺘﺮ :ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺪﻱ – ﺍﳋﺸ
ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺘﻔﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﺎﳌﻴﹼﺎ ﺃﺛﺎﺙ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ – ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺳﺔ.
ﻟﻘﻴﺲ ﺍﻷﻃﻮﺍﻝ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ"
-ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ
ﺃﻭﺍﻥ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ. ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻗﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺎﺕ
ﺻﻮﺭ ﺎ :ﻗﻮﺍﺭﻳﺮ ﺣﻠﻴﺐ /ﺯﻳﺖ /ﻣﺎﺀ. ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﻘﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺎﺕ.
-ﺃﻭﻋﻴﺔ :ﻛﺄﺱ – ﺣﻘﹼﺔ – ﻭﻋﺎﺀ ﻳﺎﻏﺮﺕ – ﻗﺎﺭﻭﺭﺓ – "ﺍﻟﻠﹼﺘﺮ"
ﻋﻠﺐ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ.
ﺻﻮﺭ ﳊﺮﻓﻴﲔ :ﺑﺎﺋﻊ ﺣﻠﻴﺐ – ﺑﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺖ – ﺑﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻂ
)ﳏﻄﹼﺔ ﺑﱰﻳﻦ(
ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﺘ ﺮ "ﺍﻟﻠﹼﺘﺮ ﺃﻭﺍﻥ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ :ﺳﻄﻞ – ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ – ﻗﺪﺭ – ﻭﻋﺎﺀ –
ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺘﻔﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﺎﳌﻴﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﻕ ... -
ﺍﻟﻠﹼﺘﺮ – ﻟﻘﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺎﺕ".
ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺷﻔﻮﻳﺔ
ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺼﻮﺭﺓ
24
2 ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ ﺱ
ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻞ -ﺻﻮﺭ ﻷﺷﺠﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ -ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ
ﺟﺮﺩﺍﺀ /ﻣﻮﺭﻗﺔ /ﻣﺜﻤﺮﺓ.
-ﺃﺷﺮﻃﺔ ﻣﺼﻮﺭﺓ. ﺯﻣﲏ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻠﻬﺎ
* ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﹼﺡ :ﺑﺬﺭ – ﺣﺮﺍﺛﺔ – ﺩﺭﺱ – ﺣﺼﺎﺩ.
* ﻧﺸﺎﻁ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﹼﻢ :ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻮﺽ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻡ – ﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ – ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ.
ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻄﻮﺭ – ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺳﺔ ...
* ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﳕ ﻮ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ :ﺭﺿﻴﻊ – ﻃﻔﻞ – ﺷﺎﺏ – ﻛﻬﻞ
-ﺷﻴﺦ
* ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺻﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻚ.
* ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﻌﺎﻡ – ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﺪﺓ – ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﺪﺓ –
ﻏﺴﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﱐ.
ﺍﻟــــــــــﺰﻣــــــــــــﻦ
* ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﳕ ﻮ ﻧﺒﺘﺔ ﻓﻮﻝ ..........
ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﻭﺻﻮﺭ ﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺩﻭﺭﻳﺔ :ﻋﻴﺪ ﺍﳌﻴﻼﺩ – ﺍﻟﺬﹼﻫﺎﺏ ﲤﻴﻴﺰ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺩﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ
ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺳﺔ – ﺃﺿﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﺮﻳﻖ. ﺩﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻏﲑ
ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭﺓ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ ﺩﻭﺭﻳﺔ
)ﻏﲑ ﺩﻭﺭﻳﺔ(
25
ء س 2
ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺟﺴﻢ ﲜﺴﻢ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﺻﺎﺑﻮﻥ – ﺗﻔﹼﺎﺣﺔ – ﺟﺰﺭ – ﺷﻜﻼﻃﺔ – ﻧﻔﹼﺎﺧﺔ –
ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺑﺔ ﺻﻼﺑﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﺣﺴﺐ ﳑﺤﺎﺓ – ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﺍﺳﻔﻨﺞ – ﻛﺮﺓ – ﻣﺴﻄﺮﺓ – ﻗﺎﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﺑﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ
– ﻗﻄﻊ ﻧﻘﺪﻳﺔ – ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ – ﻛﺠﺎﺕ – ﺣﺒﺎﺕ ﻟﻮﺯ – ﻗﻄﻊ ﺻﻼﺑﺘﻬﺎ
ﺻﻠﺐ – ﺃﺷ ﺪ ﺻﻼﺑﺔ – ﻧﻔﺲ ﺧﺸﺐ -ﺑﻠﹼﻮﺭ
-ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻄﻦ – ﻃﻼﹼﺳﺔ – ﻋﺠﻠﺔ ﻣﻄﹼﺎﻃﻴﺔ – ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﺃﻗﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺑﺔ
– ﳑﺤﺎﺓ – ﻃﺒﺎﺷﲑ – ﺩﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺪﺍﺋﻦ ﻟﻴﻦ – ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻟﻴﻨﺎ
ﺍﻟــــــــــﻤــــــــــــــﺎﺩﺓ
ﺻﻮﺭ :ﺣﻘﻴﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻠﺪ /ﺣﺬﺍﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻠﺪ /ﻛﺄﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺯﺟﺎﺝ
/ﻛﻮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺯﺟﺎﺝ /ﻣﺎﺋﺪﺓ /ﻛﺮﺳ ﻲ.
26
2 ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ ﺱ
ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺃﻟﻌﺎﺏ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ :ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺪﻳﺔ /ﺭﻓﻊ ﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﲢﺮﻳﻚ
ﺍﻷﺛﻘﺎﻝ ............ ﻣﻔﻌﻮﳍﺎ. ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎﻓﻬﺎ
ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ :ﻃﻔﻞ ﳚﺬﺏ ﻋﺮﺑﺔ – ﺑﻨﺖ ﺗﺪﻓﻊ ﻋﺮﺑﺔ ﲢﺮﻳﻚ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﻭﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﻐﻴﲑ
ﺺ ﺧﺸﺒﺔ – ﻋﺮﺑﺔ ﳚﺮﻫﺎ ﺣﺼﺎﻥ – ﺭﺿﻴﻊ – ﳒﹼﺎﺭ ﻳﻘ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﲟﻔﻌﻮﻝ
ﺷﺨﺺ ﻳﺪﻓﻊ ﻧﻘﹼﺎﻟﺔ – ﺣﺎﺭﺱ ﻣﺮﻣﻰ ﳝﺴﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻗﻮﺓ.
-ﻣﺘﻌﻠﹼﻢ ﳝﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻮﺡ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﹼﻼﺳﺔ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﲢﺮﻳﻚ ﺟﺴﻢ
-ﻃﻔﻞ ﳚﻠﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﻌﺪ ﻣﻦ "ﺟﻠﺪ" ﻓﻴﻐﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻠﻪ )ﺃﻭ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﳓﻮ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ
ﻭﺳﺎﺩﺓ( ﻳﺘﻄﻠﹼﺐ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻂ ﻗﻮﺓ
ﺃﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ :ﻧﻔﹼﺎﺧﺔ – ﻛﺮﺓ – ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﺇﺳﻔﻨﺞ – ﺳﻜﹼﺮ ﺭﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ.
ﺍﻟــــــــــﻘـــــــــــــــــــﻮﺓ
ﺃﻭ ﻃﺒﺎﺷﲑ.
ﺻﺤﻦ – ﺣﺼﻰ – ﻛﺮﺓ – ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻕ – ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻭﺭﻓﻌﻬﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺟﺴﻢ
ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺭﻳﺎﺿﻲ ﻳﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﻷﺛﻘﺎﻝ. ﺻﻌﻮﺩﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻘﻮﻃﺎ
ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ -ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ :ﺭﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺗﺮﻓﻊ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺟﺴﻤﺎ ﺁﺧﺮ
ﻃﻔﻞ ﻳﺮﻓﻊ ﻋﻠﻤﺎ – ﺑﻨﺖ ﻳﻨﻘﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺍﳊﻠﻮﻯ – ﻳﺴﺘﻮﺟﺐ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻂ ﻗﻮﺓ
ﻛﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﳊﺼﻰ
-ﺃﺷﻐﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ :ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻼﺕ – ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﻓﻀﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﺠﻪ
ﳓﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ – ﻃﻔﻞ ﳝﻘﻂ ﻛﺮﺓ.
ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﺪﺭﺳﻴﺔ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﻳﺴﻘﻂ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺣﺘﻤﻴﺔ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ
ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ : ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ
)ﺟﺎﺫﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺗﺴﻠﹼﻂ -ﲦﺮﺓ ﺗﺴﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ – ﻟﻌﺒﺔ ﺗﺴﻘﻂ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺪ ﺭﺿﻴﻊ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﺗﺴﻘﻂ.
ﺭﺿﺎﻋﺔ – ﺭﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﺑﺎﳊﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ ﰲ ﺣﻮﺽ. ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ(
ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺲ ﰲ ﺣﻮﺽ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺎﺣﺔ
ﺭﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺌﺮ – ﺣﻨﻔﻴﺔ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﲢﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻋﺎﺀ –
ﻣﻈﻠﹼﻲ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻫﺒﻮﻁ
ﺴﻠﺔ ،ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﺗﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﳍﺪﻑ -ﻣﺒﺎﺭﺍﺓ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟ
-ﻫﺒﻮﺏ ﺭﻳﺎﺡ ﻭﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺜﻴﺎﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺒﻞ
ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺭﻳﺎﺿ ﻲ )ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻷﺛﻘﺎﻝ – ﺭﻣﻲ ﻛﺮﺓ ﺣﺪﻳﺪﻳﺔ – ﻗﺬﻑ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻋﻀﻠﻴﺔ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ
ﻛﺮﺓ (... ﻗﻮﺓ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ
ﺺ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ /ﺧﻴﺎﻃﺔ ﺗﻔﺼﻞ ﻗﻤﺎﺷﺎ – ﺻﻮﺭﺓ :ﻃﻔﻞ ﻳﻘ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ
ﺣﺼﺎﻥ ﳚﺬﺏ ﻋﺮﺑﺔ /ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ ﳚﺬﺏ ﻣﺴﺎﻣﲑ.
ﺟﺰﺍﺭ ﻳﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﺤﻢ /ﺭﻓﻊ ﺳﻄﻞ
ﲡﺮﺑﺔ :ﺩﻟﻚ ﻗﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻭﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ
ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ :ﻗﻮﺓ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ.
ﺃﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ :ﻗﻠﻢ – ﻣﺸﻂ – ﺩﺑﺎﺑﻴﺲ – ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ –
ﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ ﻣﺪﺭﺳﻴﺔ – ﻣﱪﺍﺓ – ﳑﺤﺎﺓ ...
ﻭﺿـــﻌـﻴـّـﺔ ﺇﺩﻣـــــﺎﺟــﻴــﺔ ﻟﻠـﺘـﻘـﻴـﻴــﻢ
ﺍﶈﻮﺭ " :ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ"
29
ﺟﺴﻢ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ
ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﻭﺍﳉﺬﻉ ﻭﺍﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ )ﺍﻟﻄﹼﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﺎﻥ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻄﹼﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻴﺎﻥ(.
• ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ :ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻤﺠﻤﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﻋﻈﻤﻲ ﳎﻮﻑ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺎﻍ ﻭﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺃﺱ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ
ﺲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ :ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﻥ – ﺍﻷﺫﻧﺎﻥ – ﺍﻷﻧﻒ – ﺍﻟﻠﹼﺴﺎﻥ. ﺍﳊ
• ﺍﳉﺬﻉ :ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻄﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﻱ.
-ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺿﻼﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﺺ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﹼﺬﻱ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺋﺘﲔ
-ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻄﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﻌﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻠﻴﻈﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺒﺪ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺜﻜﻠﺔ ﻭﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﰲ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﺔ
ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﳍﻀﻤﻲ.
• ﺍﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ :ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻛ ﹼﻞ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻀﺪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﹼﺭﺍﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺪ
ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻀﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﳌﺮﻓﻖ ،ﻭﻳﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻱ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ
ﻒ ﻭﺍﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ.ﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺎﻋﺪ( ﻭﺍﻟﻜ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺼﻢ )ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜ
-ﻭﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻛ ﹼﻞ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺳﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﳊﻮﺽ ﺍﻟﹼﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺨﺬ ﺍﻟﹼﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺪﻭﺭﻩ ﺑﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻕ
)ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻈﻴﺔ( ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻭﺍﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ.
ﻒ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺇﱃ : ﺗﻐﻄﹼﻲ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﻀﻼﺕ ﺗﺼﻨ
– 1ﻋﻀﻼﺕ ﻫﻴﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺮﺗﻜﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﺗﺸ ﺪ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﺗﺎﺭ ،ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻐﺰﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ
ﻛﻌﻀﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻭﺍﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ ،ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﺎﻟﻌﻀﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﺗﺮﺗﻜﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺺ ﻭﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻀﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻀﺎﺭﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﻀﻠﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺘﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ. ﻋﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻘ
– 2ﻋﻀﻼﺕ ﺃﺣﺸﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻢ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﻌﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﳊﺠﺎﺏ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺰ
ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺣﻢ ﻭﺍﳌﺒﻴﺾ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻨﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻓﻘﺔ ...
ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺗﺼﻨﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻀﻼﺕ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻈﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﻬﺮﻱ ،ﻓﻬﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﻀﻼﺕ ﺍﳌﺨ ﹼﻄﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﺗﺒﺪﻭ ﲢﺖ
ﺍﻬﺮ ﳐﻄﹼﻄﺔ ﲞﻄﻮﻁ ﺩﺍﻛﻨﺔ ﻭﲞﻄﻮﻁ ﻧﻴﺮﺓ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻀﻼﺕ ﳝﻴﺰ ﻛ ﹼﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻀﻼﺕ ﺍﳍﻴﻜﻠﻴﺔ – ﻋﻀﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ
– ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ،ﻭﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﻀﻼﺕ ﺍﳌﻠﺴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﻻ ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺎ ﺧﻄﻮﻃﺎ ﲢﺖ ﺍﻬﺮ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺟ ﹼﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻀﻼﺕ
ﺍﻷﺣﺸﺎﺋﻴﺔ.
ﺼ ﹸﻞ ﺑﺎﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻠﺪ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺴﻄﹼﺤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺮﻭﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻋﻀﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﻦ – 3ﻋﻀﻼﺕ ﺟﻠﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﺘ ِ
ﺃﻭ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻋﻀﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺘﲔ ﻭﻋﻀﻼﺕ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﳉﻔﻦ.
30
ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻟﻌﻀﻼﺕ ﺍﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺎﺕ ،ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻈﺎﻡ ﺭﺍﻓﻌﺎﺕ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﰲ ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﺗﻔﺮﺿﻬﺎ
ﺍﻟﻌﻀﻼﺕ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻔﻀﻞ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻻﺗﻜﺎﺯ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺻﻞ.
ﻭﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺼﻞ ﰲ ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ )ﲤﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﺎﻡ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ( ﻧﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺇﱃ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻴﻮﻳﺔ :
-ﰲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﻔﺼﻞ ،ﳝﺘﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺘﻤﻔﺼﻼﻥ ﺑﺄﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻣﻘﻌﺮﺓ ﻭﳏﺪﺑﺔ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ
ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﲔ ﻓﺘﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﳒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺼﻞ.
-ﻳﻐ ﹼﻄﻲ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﰲ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻔﺼﻞ ﻏﻀﺮﻭﻑ ﻫﻮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻗﺸﺮﺓ ﻏﻀﺮﻭﻓﻴﺔ ﺭﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻣﻠﺴﺎﺀ ﲤﻜﹼﻦ ﻣﻦ
ﺍﻧﺰﻻﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺘﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﺃﻱ ﺍﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺇﱃ :
ﱵ ﰲ ﲡﺎﻭﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻔﺼﻞ )ﺍﶈﻔﻈﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺼﻠﻴﺔ( ﻳﺴﻬﻞ ﺍﻧﺰﻻﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻭﳝﻨﻊ -ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺯﻳ
ﺍﺣﺘﻜﺎﻛﻬﺎ.
-ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﺭﺑﻄﺔ ﻟﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻣﺮﻧﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﻷﺭﺑﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺼﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻤﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻓﺘﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻭﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻔﺼﻞ
ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﳒﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ.
ﻳﺘﻨﻘﹼﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺸﻴﺎ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﻭﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻳﺘﻨﻘﹼﻞ ﺟﺮﻳﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻔﺰ ﻣﱴ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﺟﺘﻴﺎﺯ
ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺟﺰ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﺃﻟﻌﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ )ﺍﻟﻮﺛﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱄ – ﺍﻟﻘﻔﺰ ﺑﺎﻟﺰﺍﻧﺔ – ﺍﻟﻮﺛﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﻮﻳﻞ – ﺍﻟﻮﺛﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ(.
ﻭﻳﺘﺨﺬ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻭﺿﻌﺎ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺎ ﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﹼﻞ ﻓﺄﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺸﻲ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻜﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻓﹼﺔ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ
ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳉﺮﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﺰ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻜﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﹼﻞ ﻭﰲ
ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻷﳕﺎﻁ ﻳﻠﻌﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﺍ ﻫﺎﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﶈﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ.
31
ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ
32
• ﻫﻞ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻺﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻴﺶ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺀ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ ﻛﺄﻥ ﻳﻘﺘﺼﺮ ﰲ ﺃﻛﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ
ﻣﻦ ﺳﻜﹼﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ؟
ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﺑﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﳓﻮﻝ ﻭﻣﺮﺽ ...ﻳﻔﻀﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻِﻗﺘﻨﺎﻉ
ﺑﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺗﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻹﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺄ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻨﻮﻉ ﻳﻮﻓﹼﺮ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻢ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﹼﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﻳﺔ.
ﺍﻷﻏﺬﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﻳﻌﻴﺶ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻥ :
ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻻِﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺷﻜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ :
• ﻫﻞ ﺗﺘﻐﺬﹼﻯ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺀ ؟
ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﻳﻔﻀﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺇﱃ :
-ﻋـــﺎﺷــﺐ ﻳﺘﻐﺬﹼﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺐ.
-ﻻﺣـــــﻢ ﻳﺘﻐﺬﹼﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﺤﻮﻡ.
-ﻛـــﺎﻟــﺶ ﻳﺘﻐﺬﹼﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻋﺸﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﹼﺤﻮﻡ.
ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﻟﺶ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﺄﻛﻞ ﺃﻏﺬﻳﺔ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ.
33
ﲏ )ﻧﺒﺘﺔ ﰲ ﺃﺻﻴﺺ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺑﺔ ﻣﺴﻘﻴﺔ ﲟﺎﺀ ﻣﻊ ﲰﺎﺩ(. -ﻏﺮﺱ ﻧﺒﺘﺔ ﰲ ﻭﺳﻂ ﻏ
-ﻏﺮﺱ ﻧﺒﺘﺔ ﻣﺒﺘﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳉﺬﻭﺭ ﰲ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﹼﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻈﹼﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﻺﻧﺒﺎﺕ.
ﻭﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﻹﺷﻜﺎﻟﻴﺔ :ﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻈﹼﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﻨﻤ ﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﺎﺕ ؟
ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺄﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ )ﺣ ﹼﻞ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﺑﺈﳒﺎﺯ ﲝﻮﺙ ﻭﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ
ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻗﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﶈﻴﻂ(.
ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻓﺈ ﹼﻥ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳌﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ )ﲣﺼﻴﺺ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻜ ﹼﻞ ﻧﺒﺘﺔ( ﺳﻴﻔﻀﻲ ﺇﱃ :
-ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﻼﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﺔ ﰲ ﳕ ﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﺎﺕ.
ﺺ ﻏﺬﺍﺀﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﳉﺬﻭﺭ. -ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﺘﺔ ﲤﺘ
-ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺩ ﰲ ﳕ ﻮ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﺘﺔ.
34
ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﹼﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻥ
35
* ﺍﻟﻘﻔﺰ :
-ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﹼﺬﻱ ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻜﻴﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻘﹼﻞ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﺰ ؟
ﲤﺘﺎﺯ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﺗﺘﻨﻘﹼﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟ ﱪ ﻗﻔﺰﺍ ﺑـ :
• ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﰲ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺘﲔ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻴﺘﲔ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﻴﱳ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺘﲔ ،ﻓﺎﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻴﺘﺎﻥ ﺃﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ
ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺘﲔ.
• ﻗﻮﺓ ﻋﻀﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺘﲔ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻴﺘﲔ
• ﺿﻤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﻦ ﰲ ﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ.
• ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺘﲔ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻴﺘﲔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻟﻠﻘﻔﺰ :ﺇﺫ ﺗﻜﻮﻧﺎﻥ ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻓﺰﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻞ Zﹼﰒ
ﺗﻨﺒﺴﻄﺎﻥ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺘﲔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﳝﻜﹼﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﻗﻔﺰﺍ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻋﻨﺪ
ﺍﻷﺭﻧﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻔﺪﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻨﻐﺮ ،ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻜﻴﻔﺔ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﹼﻞ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻄﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ.
ﻓﺎﻟﻮﺭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﻮﻟﺘﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻀﻼﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﺼﻠﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﺎﻗﲔ ﻣﻄﻮﺍﻋﺘﲔ ﻳﻨ ﹶﻄﻠﹶﻖ ﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻡ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﳝﻜﹼﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﻧﺐ
ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻨﻐﺮ ﻭﺍﳉﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﺰ.
36
– 2ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﹼﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ :ﺍﻟﻄﹼﲑﺍﻥ
ﺍﻟﻄﹼﲑﺍﻥ ﳕﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺃﳕﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﹼﻞ ،ﻭﻛ ﹼﻞ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﺘﻨﻘﹼﻞ ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻳﺪﻋﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﺎﺋﺮ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻃﻴﻮﺭ ﻻ ﺗﻄﲑ
ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﻛﱪ ﻛﺘﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﻛﺎﻟﻨﻌﺎﻣﺔ.
ﻭﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﺗﻨﻮﻋﺖ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﺎﺋﺮﺓ ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﺴﻨﻰ ﳍﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﲑﺍﻥ.
• ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻹﻗﻼﻉ ﳜﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﺎﺋﺮ ﲜﻨﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ .ﻓﺘﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﻮﳍﻤﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﳝﻜﹼﻦ
ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﺎﺋﺮ ﻭﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﻮﺗﺎﻥ :
-ﻗﻮﺓ ﺣﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﲤﻜﹼﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﺎﺋﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ.
-ﻗﻮﺓ ﺳﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺗﻘﺎﻭﻣﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺤﺔ ﺑﺎﳋﻔﻘﺎﻥ ﺇﺫ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺭﺅﻭﺱ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺣﲔ ﲝﺮﻛﺔ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﺗﺪﻓﻊ ﺑﺎﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻠﻒ
ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﺸﻜﹼﻞ ﺍﳊﺮﻓﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﺠﻨﺎﺣﲔ ﺣ ﺪﻳﻦ ﻳﺸﻘﹼﺎﻥ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻡ.
• ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﹼﺬﻱ ﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮ ﻳﻜﺘﺴﺐ ﻗﻮﰐ ﺍﳊﻤﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ؟
ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﳌﻐﺰﱄ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﹼﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﻋﻈﺎﻣﻪ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻭﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺶ ﻭﻋﻀﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺭ
ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻳﺔ ...ﻛﻠﹼﻬﺎ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺗﻜﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮ ﻟﻠﻄﹼﲑﺍﻥ ،ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﻛﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﺑﺮﺋﺘﻪ
ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭﻓﺮ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻛﺴﺠﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻘﺎﺀ ﳏﻤﻮﻻ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺀ.
ﻭﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺶ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﲑﺍﻥ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﳌﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﺘﻪ.
ﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﺘﻔﺮﻉ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺳﻌﻒ ﺻﻐﲑ ﻧﺎﻋﻢ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺒﻌﻀﻪ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺳﻌﻴﻔﺎﺕ. ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺸﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻮﺩ ﻗﻮ
ﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﹼﲑﺍﻥ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺣﲔ ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﻏﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺯﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻋﻢ ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﺗﻐﻄﹼﻲ ﺍﳉﻠﺪ ﻱ ﺍﳋﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻳﺶ ﺍﻟﻘﻮ
ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ،ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻤﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﳎﺘﻤﻌﺔ )ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ،ﺍﳍﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﻲ ،ﺍﻷﻛﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺋﺔ –
ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺶ (...ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﺟﻌﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﺎﺋﺮ ﻣﻜﻴﻔﺎ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﹼﻞ.
37
– 3ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﹼﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ :ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺎﺣﺔ
ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺎﺣﺔ ﳕﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﹼﻞ .ﻭﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﲝﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻣﻜﻴﻔﺔ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ .ﻛﻴﻒ ﺫﻟﻚ ؟
ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻜﺔ ﻭﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺘﲔ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻴﺘﲔ ﻟﻠﻀﻔﺪﻋﺔ ﻭﺷﻜﻞ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﱵ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﹼﺔ ﳚﻌﻠﻨﺎ
ﻧﺪﺭﻙ ﺗﻜﻴﻒ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻲ )ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺎﺣﺔ(.
ﻓﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻜﺔ ﺗﻜﻴﻒ ﻟﺘﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ :ﺭﺃﺱ ﻛﺮﻭﻱ ﺣﺎ ﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﺟﺴﻢ ﻣﻐﺰﱄ ﻳﻘﻠﹼﻞ ﻣﻦ
ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻭﺯﻋﺎﻧﻒ ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺯﻥ )ﺍﻟﺰﻋﻨﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﹼﻬﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻋﻨﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺟﻴﺔ( ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ
ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﹼﻢ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺎﺣﺔ )ﺯﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﺰﻋﺎﻧﻒ ﺍﳊﻮﺿﻲ ﻭﺯﻭﺝ ﺍﻟﺰﻋﺎﻧﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺭﻱ( ﻭﺫﻧﺐ ﻳﺪﻓﻊ
ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻡ.
ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﹼﺔ ﻓﻬﻲ ﻣﻜﻔﹼﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻣﲔ ﻣﻬﻴﺎﺓ ﻟﻠﺴﺒﺎﺣﺔ ﺑﻔﻀﻞ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻌﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺜﹼﻼﺛﺔ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ ﻏﺸﺎﺀ ﺭﻗﻴﻖ.
ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻔﺪﻋﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺎﺣﺔ ﺑﻔﻀﻞ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺘﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻴﺘﲔ ﺍﳌﻜﻔﹼﻔﺘﲔ.
ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻜﻴﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﺒﺎﺣﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺟﺴﻤﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎﻟﺴﻠﺤﻔﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮﻳﺔ
ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻘﻤﺔ ﻭﺃﺳﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺴﺎﺡ ...
38
ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﹼﺲ
40
ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ
ﻫﺒﻮﻁ ﺍﻷﺿﻼﻉ
ﺍﻧﻜﻤﺎﺵ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﺘﲔ
ﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻓﲑ
ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ :ﳜﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﹼﺲ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ،ﻓﺎﳌﺮﺃﺓ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﻞ ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﻛﺴﻴﺠﲔ
ﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﺍﳉﻨﲔ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ،ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﳛﺘﺎﺝ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻛﺴﺠﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ
ﳛﺘﺎﺟﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ.
ﺍﶈﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺤﺔ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﹼﺴﻲ :
ﻱ ﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﹼﺲ ﻓﻴﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﹼﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻘﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﲡﻌﻠﻪ ﺻﺎﳊﺎ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ :ﲟﺎ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﺿﺮﻭﺭ
ﲡﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺻﻠﺔ )ﻮﺋﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻑ /ﻗﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ (... -
ﺧﻠ ﻮ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻠﻮﺛﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻣﺔ )ﻛﺄﻭﻝ ﺃﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﹼﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻄﹼﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﹼﺲ(... -
ﺍﻧﻌﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﳉﺮﺍﺛﻴﻢ ﰲ ﻫﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﹼﺲ -
ﲏ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﹼﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﻃﹼﺐ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﻭﻳﺪﻓﺌﻪ ﻭﻳﻨﻘﹼﻴﻪ(.
ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﹼﺲ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻷﻧﻒ )ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻮﻳﻒ ﺍﻷﻧﻔﻲ ﻏ -
ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﻠﻖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺗﻘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﺘﲔ ،ﻭﺗﻮﺳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﺺ -
ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺭﻱ.
ﲡﻨﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺧﲔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺎﺀ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺧﻨﻮﻥ )ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺧﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﱯ( ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺄﺛﹼﺮ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﹼﺴﻲ ﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻓﺔ -
ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﺧﻄﲑﺓ.
42
43
ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ
ﺍﶈﻮﺭ :ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺀ
ﺍﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻤﻴﺔ
ﺍﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺴﻴﺔ
45
• ﺍﳌﺬﻧﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻛﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺴﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺧﺸﻨﺔ ﻭﻏﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻣﺘﺠﻤﺪﺓ ﻭﺗﺸﻜﹼﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ
ﺭﺃﺳﺎ ﻭﺫﻧﺒﺎ ،ﻭﺗﺪﻭﺭ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺬﻧﺒﺎﺕ ﰲ ﻣﺪﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺃﻫﻠﻴﻠﻴﺠﻴﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻭﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺗﺔ ،ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﺎ ﻣﻦ
ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﳍﺎ ﺫﻧﺐ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻛﺴﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﻤﺲ ﲟﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺴﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻸﻷ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳌﺬﻧﺐ
ﺑﻔﻌﻞ ﺿﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ.
ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﳌﻼﻳﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺬﻧﺒﺎﺕ ﻭﻟﻜ ﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺮﺅﻳﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺗﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻓﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺬﻧﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ
ﻋﺪﺓ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻼﻳﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﲔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺷﻬﺮ ﺍﳌﺬﻧﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﺬﻧﺐ "ﻫﺎﱄ" ﺍﻟﹼﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﻟﻠﻈﹼﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻛ ﹼﻞ 86ﺳﻨﺔ.
ﺍﳌﺬﻧﺐ
• ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻴﺎﺯﻙ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺻﺨﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻧﻔﺼﻠﺖ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﻳﻜﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﲔ
ﺍﳌﺮﻳﺦ ﻭﺍﳌﺸﺘﺮﻱ )ﻛﻜﻮﻳﻜﺐ ﺗﻮﻧﺲ( ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺕ ﰲ ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻬﺎ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ،ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺧﻮﳍﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑ ﺍﳉﻮﻱ
ﻟﻸﺭﺽ ﺗﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺎ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻹﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﲜﺰﻳﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﳑﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻗﻬﺎ ﻓﺘﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻏﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻣﻠﺘﻬﺒﺔ
ﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻭﺟﻴﺰﺓ ﹼﰒ ﳜﺘﻔﻲ .ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﻓﺈ ﹼﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺍﻗﻬﺎ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﰲ ﻭﺿﻴﺎﺀ ﻧﺮﺍﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻟ
ﺍﻧﺪﺛﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﻠﻮﻍ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺗﺴﻤﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻠﺘﻬﺒﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻬﺐ.
ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﻓﺈ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﺮﺍﻕ ﺍﻟﹼﺬﻱ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺧﻮﳍﺎ ﻃﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﳉ ﻮ ﻻ ﳛﺮﻕ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﺘﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﻞ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ
ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺟﺰﺀ ﺻﻠﺐ ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻧﻴﺰﻙ ﻓﲑﺗﻄﻢ ﺑﺎﻷﺭﺽ ﰲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻛﺘﻞ ﺻﻠﺒﺔ ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻴﻜﻞ
ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻣﻞ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻹﺭﺗﻄﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻟﻨﻴﺰﻙ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺪﻣﲑ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻭﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺎﺭ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ
ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻟﺰﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﺗﻠﻲ ﺍﻻﺻﻄﺪﺍﻡ.
46
• ﻛﻴﻒ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺟﺴﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺀ ؟
ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﺳﺒﻖ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ
ﺟﺴﻢ ﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺀ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻴﲔ ﻳﺘ ﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻳﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺮﺟﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ
ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻣ ﻌﹶﻠﻤﺎ ﻭﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﻟﻠﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻤ ﻌﹶﻠ ِﻢ
ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ " :ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺃﻭ ﲢﺖ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻤ ﻌﹶﻠﻢِ ،ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻤ ﻌﹶﻠ ِﻢ ،ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻤ ﻌﹶﻠ ِﻢ ،
ﻋﻠﻰ ﳝﲔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻤ ﻌﹶﻠ ِﻢ ،ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻤ ﻌﹶﻠ ِﻢ...
ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻓﺈ ﹼﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎﻅ ﻧﺴﺒﻴﺔ ﻻ ﲣﻀﻊ ﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻗﻴﺲ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺑﻞ ﻭﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻗﻀﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﹼﰎ
ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﹼﺬﻱ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ،ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺀ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣ ﻌﹶﻠ ٍﻢ ﻳﺴﺘﻨﺪ
ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻴﲔ.
ﻋﺼﻔﻮﺭ
47
ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ :ﻋﻠﻰ ﳝﲔ /ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺴﺎﺭ ،ﺃﻣﺎﻡ /ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﻓﺈ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﺣﻬﺎ ﻟﺒﻨﺎﺋﻬﺎ
ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻭﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻻﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺷﻜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ :ﻛﻴﻒ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻛﺮﺓ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ
ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ؟
ﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺓ
ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ
ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻊ )ﺣﻜﻢ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺓ( ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﹼﺬﻱ ﻳﻴﺴﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻴﲔ ﻓﺎﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ،ﻭﺑﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻬﺎ
ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﻧﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﻟﻔﺎﻇﺎ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﻨﻘﻮﻝ " :ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳝﲔ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ"" ،ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ"" ،ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ
ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ" ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﻣﺮﺟﻌﺎ ﻭﻧﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ
ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻟﻔﺎﻅ :ﺃﻣﺎﻡ /ﻭﺭﺍﺀ /ﻋﻠﻰ ﳝﲔ /ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺴﺎﺭ.
ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﻨﻮﻳﻌﻬﺎ ﻋﺎﻣﻼﻥ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﲔ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ
ﺟﺴﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﺈ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﺯﻫﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ
ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻪ ﻭﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﹼﺬﻱ ﻳﺘ ﻢ ﺍﺗﺨﺎﺫﻩ ﻛﻤﺮﺟﻊ .ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻬﻴﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻬﻢ ﰲ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺇﺷﻜﺎﻟﻴﺔ
ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺗﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﲔ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ :ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ،ﺃﺑﻌﺪ ،ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪ.
48
• ﻟﻨﻨﻄﻠﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ :ﰲ ﺣﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻼ :
ﺍﳌﻌﻠﹼﻤﺔ
ﺻﺎﱀ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺭﱘ
ﻋﻠﺒﺔ ﺛﻘﺎﺏ
ﻋﻠﺒﺔ ﻣﺼﺒﺮﺍﺕ
ﺣﺠﺮ
49
-ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﻓﺒﺎﻹﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻗﻴﺲ ﺣﺠﻤﻪ )ﺍﳌﻜﻌﺐ ،ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻄﻴﻼﺕ (...ﻓﻘﻴﺲ ﺣﺠﻢ
ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺿﻠﻌﻪ 5ﺻﻢ ﻫﻮ 125ﺻﻢ) ³ﺿﻠﻊ × ﺿﻠﻊ × ﺿﻠﻊ( ﻭﻗﻴﺲ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻼﺕ ﻃﻮﻝ
ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺗﻪ 4ﺻﻢ ﻭﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ 3ﺻﻢ ﻭﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻪ 2ﺻﻢ ﻫﻮ 24ﺻﻢ) ³ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ × ﺍﻻﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ(.
ﻭﺑﺎﻹﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻹﺯﺍﺣﺔ .ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﻳﺘ ﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ ؟
• ﻟﻮ ﺍﻧﻄﻠﻘﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻈﹼﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ؟
• ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ ﰲ ﺇﻧﺎﺀ ﳑﻠﻮﺀ ﻣﺎﺀ
• ﻭﺿﻊ ﺣﺠﺮ ﰲ ﻛﺄﺱ ﳑﻠﻮﺀﺓ ﻣﺎﺀ
• ﻗﻠﺐ ﺯﺟﺎﺟﺔ ﳑﻠﻮﺀﺓ ﻫﻮﺍﺀ ﰲ ﺇﻧﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﺀ
-ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻧﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺄﺱ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﻭﺭﺓ
ﺑﻌﺪ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻓﻘﺎﻗﻴﻊ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺕ ﺗﺪ ﹼﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺸﻐﻞ
ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﳊﻴﺰ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﰲ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﲞﺎﺻﻴﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻭﻫﻲ
ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﲤﻜﹼﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﺃﺣﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ.
-ﻓﺎﳊﺠﺮ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺯﺍﺡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻴﺰ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ،ﻭﺣ ﹼﻞ ﳏ ﹼﻞ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﺡ ﻭﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﺡ ﻣﺴﺎﻭ ﳊﺠﻢ
ﺍﳊﺠﺮ ،ﻭﻟﻜﻲ ﻧﺘﻤﻜﹼﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﺡ ﻭﻣﻦ ﹼﰒ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﳊﺠﺮ ،ﻧﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﺨﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺝ
ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻧﺒﻮﺏ ﺯﺟﺎﺟﻲ ﻣﺪﺭﺝ ﻭﻣﺮﻗﹼﻢ ﲝﻴﺚ ﺗﺪ ﹼﻝ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺘﻤﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﻜﻌﺒﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻠﹼﻠﺘﺮﺍﺕ،
ﻓﺎﻟﺮﻗﻢ 20ﻣﺜﻼ ﻳﺪﻟﹼﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺳﻜﺒﻨﺎ ﺳﺎﺋﻼ ﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺨﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻋﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ،20ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ
ﺳﻜﺒﻨﺎ 20ﺻﻢ 20) ³ﻣﻠﻠﺘﺮ( ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺨﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺝ.
ﻋﲔ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪ
50
-ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻹﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺷﺮﻳﻄﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺤ ﹼﻞ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﺃﻥ
ﻻ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺠﻮﺍﺕ.
ﻟﻮ ﺃﺧﺬﻧﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻼﺕ ) 5ﺻﻢ × 3ﺻﻢ × 2ﺻﻢ( ﻭﻭﺿﻌﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﰲ
ﺇﻧﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﺀ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗ ﻐﻤﺮ ﲤﺎﻣﺎ ،ﻭﲨﻌﻨﺎ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﺡ ﰲ ﻛﻮﺏ ﹼﰒ ﺳﻜﺒﻨﺎﻩ ﰲ ﳐﺒﺎﺭ ﻣﺪﺭﺝ ﻟﻮﺟﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ
ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺣﺠﻤﻬﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺎﻭﻳﺎ ﻟـ 30ﺻﻢ ³ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﹼﺬﻱ ﻧﺘﻮﺻﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﹼﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺑﻴﺔ.
ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻓﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﲤﻜﹼﻨﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺟﺴﻢ ﲜﺴﻢ ﺁﺧﺮ
ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ،ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣﻴﺬ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ
ﻱ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻗﻴﺲ.
ﻏﲑ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻟﻴﺘ ﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﺯ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺃﻛﱪ /ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﲣﻀﻊ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃ
51
ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ
ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻫﻮ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺃﻧﺸﻄﺘﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻣﻴﺔ ،ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺍﻹﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﺍﻷﻭﱄ ﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻔﻬﻮﻡ )ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ (... ،ﻣﻦ
ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺎ ﳕﺎﺭﺳﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﻋﱪ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻮﺭ ﲝﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻈﹼﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﻨﺤﻦ ﻧﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺍﻟﻈﹼﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﻧﻌﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﻭﻟﻜﻲ ﻧﻘﻴﺴﻪ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﳔﺘﺎﺭ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺛﺎ ﺗﻜﺮﺭ ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ ﹼﰒ ﻧﺒﺘﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﳌﺪﺩ
ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮﻗﻬﺎ ﺣﺪﻭﺛﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﺮﺭ.
ﻣﺎ ﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﳌﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ؟
ﺇﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﻌﻴﺶ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺛﺎ ﻳﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻛﺎﻷﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﹼﻫﺎﺏ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﻡ ...ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ
ﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﻣﺪﺩﺍ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻛﻤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻭﻣﺪﺩﺍ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻗﺼﲑﺓ ﻛﺰﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﱪﻕ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﺈ ﹼﻥ ﺍﳌﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ
ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮﻗﻬﺎ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻣﺎ.
ﻛﻴﻒ ﻧﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﳌﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ؟
ﻱ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﰲ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺪﺓ ﻟﺘﻌﻴﲔ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺰﻣﻦ ،ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﳍﺎ ﺃ
ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻈﹼﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺠﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻴﻞ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻟﻈﹼﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﹼﰎ
ﰲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻭﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺮ ﻟﺘﻌﻴﲔ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﻋﻴﺪ ﻭﺭﻭﺯﻧﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﻞ ...ﻭﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﻴﻼﺩ ﻟﺘﻌﻴﲔ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﺩ ...
ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ :
ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺲ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﻘﻴﺲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻹﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺃﺯﻣﻨﺔ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ
ﺑﺒﻌﺾ.
ﻟﻠﺰﻣﻦ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﹼﺎﻧﻴﺔ.
ﻣﺪﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻃﻮﻝ ﻭﻣﺪﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻗﺼﺮ :
ﻛﻴﻒ ﻧﻘﺎﺭﻥ ﺍﳌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺼﺮ ﻟﻨﻘﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻃﻮﻝ ،ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻗﺼﺮ ؟
ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻳﺘﺄﺗﻰ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻣﺄﻟﻮﻓﺔ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﳌﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ
ﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮﻗﻬﺎ ﻭﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻔﻬﻮﻡ :ﻣﺪﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻃﻮﻝ /ﻣﺪﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻗﺼﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ
ﻃﺮﺡ ﺇﺷﻜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﻄﻠﻘﻬﺎ ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﺃﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﹼﻤﲔ ﻛﺄﻥ ﻧﻘ ﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﺪﻋﻮ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﹼﻤﲔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ
ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻨﺴﻰ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺰﻣﻦ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﹼﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﳌﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ.
52
ﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﻔﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻨﺖ ﺇﺫﺍ ﹼﰎ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﳊﻨﻔﻴﺘﲔ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﶈﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺴﻖ ﺳﻴﻼﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ،ﺃ
ﺍﺳﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻃﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗﺼﺮ ﳌﻞﺀ ﺍﻵﻧﻴﺔ )ﺍﻟﻜﺄﺱ ،ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻞ( ؟
ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﺗﻨﻮﻳﻊ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﹼﻤﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻮﻇﻴﻒ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻈﹼﻮﺍﻫﺮ
ﻋﱪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺲ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺱ )ﺍﻟﻌﲔ ﻟﻠﻤﻼﺣﻈﺔ( ﻭﺗﻮﻇﻴﻒ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺴﺒﺔ ﰲ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﺍﳊﻠﻮﻝ ﻋﱪ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻴﺤﻪ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ
ﻣﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺸﻜﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺼﺮﻓﺎﺕ ﳑﻴﺰﺓ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺆﺷﺮﺍﺕ ﻟﻼﻗﺘﺪﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻬﺪﻓﺔ.
ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺄﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﻨﺎﻉ ﺑﺄ ﹼﻥ ﻛ ﹼﻞ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻭﻛ ﹼﻞ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﺃ ﹼﻥ
ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻗﺼﲑﺓ ﻭﺃﺣﺪﺍﺛﺎ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻃﻮﻝ.
ﻛﻤﺎ ﲡﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﺬ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﰲ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﺀ ﺳﻠﻮﻛﺎﺕ
ﺼﺼﺔ ﻹﳒﺎﺯ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﺎ ،ﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﹼﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻟ ﻮ ﹾﻗ ِﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﹼﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﺣﺘﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺨ
ﺍﳌﺘﺴﺎﺭﻉ ﻟﻸﺣﺪﺍﺙ.
ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﴰﺴﻴﺔ
ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻴﻘﺎﺗﻴﺔ ﺗﻘﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﱯ ،ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺎ ﻟﺬﺍ ﻭﺿﻌﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﺧﺸﺐ ﻣﺪﺭﺟﺔ
ﲢﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﻘﺴﻤﺔ ﺇﱃ 12ﻗﺴﻤﺎ ﳝﺜﹼﻞ ﻛ ﹼﻞ ﻗﺴﻢ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺇ ﹼﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻴﻘﺎﺗﻴﺔ ﻣﱴ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ
ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻏﺎﺋﻤﺔ.
54
ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺭﻣﻠﻴﺔ
ﻭﻗﺪ ﺻﻨﻊ ﺍﳌﺼﺮﻳﻮﻥ ﺳﻨﺔ 1450ﻕ.ﻡ .ﻣﻴﻘﺎﺗﻴﺔ ﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻗﺪﻡ ﻣﻴﻘﺎﺗﻴﺔ.
ﻛﻤﺎ ﻋﺮﻓﺖ ﺍﳌﻴﺎﻗﺘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺘﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻴﻘﺎﺗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻴﻘﺎﺗﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺍﻥ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ
ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺔ ﻣﺜﻼ ﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻼﹼﺯﻡ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻼﻥ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻷﻏﺮﺍﺽ )ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ
ﳌﻜﺎﳌﺔ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ (...
ﹼﰒ ﹼﰎ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺍﻉ ﺍﳌﻴﻘﺎﺗﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻵﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﺗﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺒﺪﺇ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ :ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﻢ ﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﺁﻟﻴﺔ،
ﻭﺗﺘﻮﻗﹼﻒ ﺩﻗﹼﺔ ﺍﳌﻴﻘﺎﺗﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺁﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﻔﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﲢﺮﺭ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ﻧﺎﺑﺾ ﺃﻭ ﺛﻘﻞ ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ ﺑﺪﻓﻌﺎﺕ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻴﻘﺎﺗﻴﺔ
)ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺭﺏ( ﺍﻟﹼﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ )ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺜﹼﻮﺍﱐ(.
ﻛﻤﺎ ﹼﰎ ﺻﻨﻊ ﻣﻴﻘﺎﺗﻴﺎﺕ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻧﻮﺍﺑﺾ ،ﻭﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﳏﺮﻛﺎ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﺮ
ﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻴﻘﺎﺗﻴﺔ ﺍﻵﻟﻴﺔ ﺇﺫ ﺗﺒﻠﻎ ﺩﻗﹼﺘﻬﺎ ﺣﻮﺍﱄ 1/10ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ.ﻧﺎﺑﺾ ﺃﻭ ﺛﻘﻞ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﺩ
ﻕ ﻣﻴﻘﺎﺗﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﶈﻔﻮﻇﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ، ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﺸﲑ ﺇﱃ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺃﺩ
ﻭﲤﺘﺎﺯ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻴﻘﺎﺗﻴﺔ ﺑﺪﻗﹼﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺋﻘﺔ.
55
ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﲢﻮﻻﺎ
ﺍﻟﺜﹼﻘﻞ :ﻛ ﹼﻞ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﳍﺎ ﺛﻘﻞ ﲜﻮﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ،ﻭﺛﻘﻞ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﲡﺬﺏ ﺎ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ
ﰲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻫﺎ.
ﻭﺛﻘﻞ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻭﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺜﹼﻘﻞ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﻭﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﹼﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﻘﻴﺲ ﺍﻟﺜﹼﻘﻞ
ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻮﻣﺘﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺑﺾ ،ﻭﻟﻮ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻠﻨﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻭﻗﻤﻨﺎ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺲ ﻟﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺛﻘﻞ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﻓﻔﻲ
ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺎﱄ ﻣﺜﻼ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺛﻘﻞ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ 100,260ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ.
56
ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ :
ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ :ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﳝﻴﺰ ﻛﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﻳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﻻ
ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﻭﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﻎ.
ﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﱃ
ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺫﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﹼﺘﲔ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﺟﺴﻤﲔ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﻷﺛﻘﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺧ
ﺍﻵﺧﺮ.
ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ،ﺇﺫﻥ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺘﲔ ﺍﳌﻤﻴﺰﺗﲔ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺩﺓ )ﺍﳊﻴﺰ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﹼﻘﻞ( ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ :
ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﺧﺸﺐ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﺻﺎﺑﻮﻥ ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺔ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﻛﺮﺍﺱ
57
»ﻟﺘﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﺣﺠﻤﻪ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺎ ) 1ﻝ( ﻟﻜﻦ ﺷﻜﻠﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻛﺮﻭﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻕ ﻭﺍﺳﻄﻮﺍﱐ ﰲ
ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺭﻭﺭﺓ ﻭﻣﺘﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻼﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺟﻲ.
-3-3ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺄ ﹼﻥ ﻟﻴﺲ ﳍﺎ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻭﻻ ﺣﺠﻢ ﳏﺪﺩﻳﻦ ﺑﻞ ﺗﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﳊﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﹼﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻮﻓﹼﺮ ﳍﺎ
ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺀ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﻟﻼﻧﻀﻐﺎﻁ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ.
ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﻣﻐﻠﻖ
ﻏﺎﺯ
58
ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲢﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﺼﻬﺎﺭ ﻭﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﲢﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺻﻠﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺠﻤﺪ ،ﻛﻤﺎ
ﻳﻄﻠﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲢﻮﻝ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻏﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺨﺮ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻠﻴﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﺙ ﰲ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ
ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ،ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﲢﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯ ﺇﱃ ﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﺎﻹﺳﺎﻟﺔ.
ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﳌﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻓﻴﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻌﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﻣﻲ.
ﺑﺎﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ
ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻠﺨﻴﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺨﻄﹼﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ :
ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻳﺔ
ﺍﻹﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻠﻴﺎﻥ
ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻠﺔ
ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻤﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺼﻬﺎﺭ
ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ
ﺑﺎﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ
ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ
– 2ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺑﲔ ﳐﻠﺘﻒ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﻹﺷﻜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ :
ﺗﺮﻙ ﺳﺎﻣﻲ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﹼﻠﺞ ﰲ ﺇﻧﺎﺀ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﺸﻤﺲ ﻭﺧﺮﺝ ﻳﻠﻌﺐ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺋﻪ ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻋﺎﺩ ﻓﻠﻢ
ﳚﺪ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ .ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻟﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﹼﻠﺞ ؟
60
ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ
ﻳﻘﺘﺼﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺮﲰﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻣﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻊ ﻭﺍﳉﺬﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ
ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﻭﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﻓﻌﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺟﺬﺑﺎ ﻭﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺳﻨﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﺎﻝ ﺇﱃ :
-ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ
ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﻨﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺇﱃ :
-ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﻭﻣﻔﻌﻮﳍﺎ
• ﻧﺪﻓﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﺪ ﺻﻔﻴﺤﺔ ﻣﺮﻧﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻔﻬﺎ ﳓﻮ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺒﻴﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻢ 1ﻓﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﳛﺪﺙ ؟ ﺇﻧﻬﺎ
ﺗﺘﻘﻌﺮ ﻭﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎ.
ﻱ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻓﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ؟ • ﳒﺬﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻮﻟﺐ ﺍﳌﺸﺪﻭﺩ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺴﻤﺎﺭ ﺣﺪﻳﺪ
-ﺗﺘﺒﺎﻋﺪ ﺣﻠﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻮﻟﺐ ﻭﻳﺰﺩﺍﺩ ﻃﻮﻟﻪ ﻭﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻠﻪ
• ﳒﺬﺏ ﺍﳌﻜﻌﺐ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺪﻱ ﲞﻴﻂ ﻓﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻫﺪ ؟ ﻟﻘﺪ ﲢﺮﻙ ﺑﻌﺪﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺳﻜﻮﻥ.
ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻈﹼﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﺗﺪ ﹼﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﻴﺔ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﻗﻮﻯ
ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺑﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻜﺲ ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻘﺎﻭﻣﻬﺎ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﻟﻸﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻋِﻄﺎﻟﺔ.
61
ﻓﺎﳉﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻦ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺳﻜﻮﻥ ،ﻭﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻳﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﺭ ﺧﻄﹼﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﻲ ﳏﺎﻓﻈﺎ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻪ.
ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ
ﺩﺑﺎﺑﻴﺲ
ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﺆﺛﹼﺮﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ،ﻓﻌﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﺪﻟﻚ ﻗﻀﻴﺒﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻳﺒﻮﻧﻴﺖ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺸﻄﺎ ﺃﻭ
ﻑ ﺑﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﻑ ﻭﻧﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻗﺼﺎﺻﺎﺕ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻕ ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺆﺛﹼﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﳚﺬﺎ. ﻗﻠﻤﺎ ﺣﱪ ﺟﺎ
62
63
ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻊ ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﳌﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺣﺼﺺ
ﳚﺪ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﹼﻢ ﰲ ﺟﺬﺍﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺍﳌﻘﺘﺮﺣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﳌﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﶈﺘﻮﻯ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺪﻋ ﻮ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻊ ﻛ ﹼﻞ
ﻫﺪﻑ ﳑﻴﺰ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺣﺼﺺ.
ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻊ ﻫﺪﻑ ﳑﻴﺰ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ
64
ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺟﺬﺍﺫﺓ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻋﺪﺩ 1 :
:ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ
:ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻈﹼﺎﻫﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﶈﺘﻮﻯ
ﺍﳍﺪﻑ ﺍﳌﻤﻴﺰ :ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﺗﻔﺼﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻈﹼﺎﻫﺮﻳﺔ.
:ﻛﺮﺍﺕ ﳍﺎ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ – ﳏﺎﻓﻆ ﳍﺎ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ – ﺃﺻﺺ ﳍﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕ
ﺹ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﻠﹼﻢ.
ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﻥ – ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ – ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻖ ﺍﳋﺎ
- :ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﳊﺪﺳﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺟﺰ
-ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ
ﻣﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺡ • :ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﻛﺒﲑﺍ ﻛﻠﹼﻤﺎ ﻗﺮﺏ.
• ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺻﻐﲑﺍ ﻛﻠﹼﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ.
65
– 2ﺍﳌﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ :
ﺇﻓﺴﺎﺡ ﺍﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻌﻠﹼﻤﲔ ﻹﺑﺪﺍﺀ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﻢ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺷﻜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ :
-ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺢ ﻧﻔﺨﺖ ﰲ ﺷﺮﺍﻉ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻷﲪﺮ ﻓﻈﻬﺮ ﻛﺒﲑﺍ.
-ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻷﺻﻔﺮ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﻋﻨﺎ.
-ﺷﺮﺍﻉ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻷﲪﺮ ﻛﺒﲑ.
-ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻷﺻﻔﺮ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﺍﻷﲪﺮ ﻷ ﹼﻥ ﺷﺮﺍﻋﻪ ﺻﻐﲑ.
-ﺳﺎﻣﻲ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ.
-ﺃﲪﺪ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ.
* ﻳﺴﺠﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﹼﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎﳌﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﱪﻣﺞ.
* ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣﻴﺬ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ ﺍﳊﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ.
* ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺘﺮﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺪﻋﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﳊﺠﺔ.
– 3ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ :
-ﺗﻨﻮﻳﻊ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺭﺳﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ :
* ﺍﳋﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﻭﺩﻋﻮﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺔ :
-ﺃﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺗﺒﺪﻭ ﳍﻢ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ
-ﺃﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺗﺒﺪﻭ ﳍﻢ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ
-ﺃﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺗﺒﺪﻭ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺓ
-ﺃﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺗﺒﺪﻭ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺔ
* ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺗﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻛﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺎﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺷﺎﺭﻉ
ﻃﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻓﺔ ﰲ ﺑﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ.
* ﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣﻴﺬ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻹﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺗﺒﺪﻭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻭﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﻛـ :ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺳﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ
ﺍﻟﻄﹼﻴﻮﺭ ،ﺃﺷﺠﺎﺭ ،ﺃﻋﻤﺪﺓ ...
– 4ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﻳﺐ :
ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺳﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﺑﺄﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳊﺠﻢ.
ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪ
66
ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ
ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪ
* ﺍﻹﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻦ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﻳﺐ ﺑـ :
-ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﰲ ﻛ ﹼﻞ ﲡﺮﺑﺔ.
-ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﹼﺬﻱ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﻛﺒﲑﺍ ﰲ ﻛ ﹼﻞ ﲡﺮﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪ.
-ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﹼﺬﻱ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺻﻐﲑﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪ
* ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﰲ ﻛ ﹼﻞ ﲡﺮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻭﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣﻴﺬ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻹﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ.
ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪ
ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ
ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪ
* ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ.
* ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻞ.
* ﺍﻹﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻛﻠﹼﻤﺎ ﻗﺮﺏ.
* ﺍﻹﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ ﻛﻠﹼﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ.
67
– 5ﺍﻹﺳﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ :
– 6ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ :
ﻒ »ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻈﹼﺎﻫﺮﻳﺔ« ﰲ ﻓﻘﺮﺓ »ﺃﲝﺚ« ﻭﻫﻲ
ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻣﻠ
ﲤﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﻗﺪﻣﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺩﻋﻤﻬﺎ ﺑﺘﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ.
– 7ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻢ :
ﻳﺘ ﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﹼﻖ ﻣﻦ ﲤﻠﹼﻚ ﺍﳌﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺱ ﺑﺎﻗﺘﺮﺍﺡ ﳕﺎﺫﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺛﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﻨﺴﺦ ﻭﺍﳌﻀﻤﻨﺔ
ﺑﺎﳌﻠﺤﻖ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﹼﻢ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﲟﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺀ )ﺭﺳﻢ – ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ – ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ – ﲣﻴﺮ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ(.
ﻭﺑﺎﻹﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﺡ ﻏﲑ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺻﻴﺎﻏﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻮﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺪﺭﺝ ﻭﺍﻻِﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻢ
)ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺔ – ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻞ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺔ – ﺇﺻﻼﺡ ﺧﻄﺈ(.
68
ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺟﺬﺍﺫﺓ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻋﺪﺩ 2 :
:ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﶈﻮﺭ
:ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ ﻟﻸﺣﺪﺍﺙ. ﺍﶈﺘﻮﻯ
ﺍﳍﺪﻑ ﺍﳌﻤﻴﺰ :ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ.
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕ :ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﻣﺼﻮﺭﺓ – ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ.
- :ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺟﺰ
-ﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﹼﺬﻱ ﺗﻘﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ.
-ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ.
ﻣﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺡ • :ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ.
• ﺍﻹﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﻛ ﹼﻞ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻳﻘﻊ ﰲ ﺯﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ.
• ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ.
ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ :ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ – ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺃﺳﺮﻉ /ﺃﺑﻄﺄ –
ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺭﻳﺔ.
ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﺬﺍﺫﺓ ﻧﻘﺘﺼﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﺪﱘ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﰲ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ.
69
.ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ /ﺍﻷﺳﺒﻮﻉ /ﻣﺪﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻗﺼﺮ /ﻣﺪﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻃﻮﻝ
* ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﻓﺮﻗﺔ ﻭﻫﻴﻜﻠﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻮﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ.
* ﻳﺘ ﻢ ﺗﺪﻋﻴﻢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺑﺈﳒﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ ﰲ ﻓﻘﺮﺓ "ﺃﻃﺒﻖ" ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ
ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ.
70
ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﹼﻢ ﺍﻹﺩﻣﺎﺟﻲ :
ﺗﻘﺪﱘ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ :ﻳﻮﻡ ﺻﺤﺒﺔ ﺳﺎﻣﻴﺔ
ﻳﺘ ﻢ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺎﺻﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ ﻭﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﺸﻮﺷﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣﻴﺬ ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻮﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ
ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺿﺎﻏﻄﺔ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻭﻓﻖ ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ ﻭﻳﺘ ﻢ ﺇﻏﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻘﺮﺓ
"ﺃﲝﺚ" ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺳﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺎﺀ.
ﻭﺗﻨﺎﻭﻟﺖ ﻭﺟﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺪﺍﺀ ﻭﻏﺴﻠﺖ ﻭﺟﻬﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻬﺎ ﺛـ ﻢ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻟﺖ ﻓﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﺡ
ﻀﺖ ﺳﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻡ ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻋﺎﺩﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﱰﻝ
* ﻳﺘ ﻢ ﺍﳊﺮﺹ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻤﺎﻥ ﺇﺳﻬﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣﻴﺬ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﻛﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﺎﺻﺎﺕ
ﺴﺒﻮﺭﺓ. ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﻫﻴﻜﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟ
ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻢ :
ﺗﻘﺘﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺛﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﻨﺴﺦ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﹼﻢ ﻟﻠﻮﻗﻮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪﻯ ﲤﻠﹼﻚ ﺍﳌﻔﻬﻮﻡ
ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺱ.
71
ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺟﺬﺍﺫﺓ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻋﺪﺩ 3 :
:ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ. ﺍﶈﻮﺭ
:ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺩﺓ. ﺍﶈﺘﻮﻯ
ﺍﳍﺪﻑ ﺍﳌﻤﻴﺰ :ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻟﻜ ﹼﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺩﺓ.
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕ :ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺻﻠﺒﺔ – ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺳﺎﺋﻠﺔ – ﺻﻮﺭ – ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ – ﻛﺮﺓ – ﻧﻔﹼﺎﺧﺔ ...
:ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﻟﻜ ﹼﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ. ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺟﺰ
ﺹ ﺑﻪ.
ﻣﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺡ • :ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺧﺎ
• ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺯﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻳﺄﺧﺬ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﹼﺬﻱ ﳛﻮﻳﻪ.
ﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣﻴﺬ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻼﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣ ﹼﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺘﻌﻤﲑ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺃﻓﺮﻗﺔ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ )ﻳﺘ ﻢ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ
ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ( ﺑﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺗﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺧﺎﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ.
* ﺗﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺗﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺴﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ :
ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺑﺔ )ﺻﻠﺐ /ﺃﺷ ﺪ ﺻﻼﺑﺔ /ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺑﺔ /ﻟﻴﻦ /ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻟﻴﻨﺎ – ﺃﻏﺬﻳﺔ
ﻧﺒﺎﺗﻴﺔ – ﺃﻏﺬﻳﺔ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﻴﺔ (...ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ ﰲ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ.
* ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﻓﺮﻗﺔ ﻭﻫﻴﻜﻠﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ.
72
* ﺗﻨﻮﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺸﻴﺎﺕ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ )ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻱ – ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻤﻮﻋﻲ – ﺍﻹﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﻮﻱ – ﺍﻹﺧﺒﺎﺭ
ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﰊ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻭﺇﻓﺴﺎﺡ ﺍﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺎﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻹﺻﻼﺡ(.
ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻢ :
ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﹼﻖ ﻣﻦ ﲤﻠﹼﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣﻴﺬ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪﻯ ﲡﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺟﺰ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﻄﺎﻟﻊ ﺍﳉﺬﺍﺫﺓ
ﻳﺘ ﻢ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻤﻴﺔ )ﲣﻴﺮ ﺍﻷﻧﺴﺐ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ( ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺛﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﻨﺴﺦ ﻭﺍﱂ ﺍﳌﻀﻤﻨﺔ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺏ
ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ.
73
ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺟﺬﺍﺫﺓ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻋﺪﺩ 4 :
:ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ. ﺍﶈﻮﺭ
:ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ :ﻋﻀﻠﻴﺔ /ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ /ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ. ﺍﶈﺘﻮﻯ
ﺍﳍﺪﻑ ﺍﳌﻤﻴﺰ :ﺫﻛﺮ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ.
ﺹ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﻠﹼﻢ.
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕ :ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ – ﻣﺴﺎﻣﲑ – ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ – ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻖ ﺍﳋﺎ
• :ﺭﺑﻂ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﻭﻣﺼﺪﺭﻫﺎ. ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺟﺰ
• ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ.
ﻣﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺡ • :ﺍﻹﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﺓ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ.
• ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ ﺇﱃ ﻋﻀﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ.
74
– 1ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺷﻜﺎﻟﻴﺔ :
ﺃﻗﺒﻞ ﻋﻼﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺋﻪ ﻭﻣﻌﻪ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ،ﺻﺎﺡ ﺑﺄﺻﺪﻗﺎﺋﻪ ﻗﺎﺋﻼ » :ﺃﻧﺎ ﺳﺎﺣﺮ ،ﺃﻧﺎ
ﺳﺎﺣﺮ ...ﺍﹸﻧﻈﺮﻭﺍ ...ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺳﺎﻛﻨﺔ ،ﻭﺍﻵﻥ ﺇﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺘﻘﺪﻡ ...ﻭﺍﻵﻥ ﺇﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﲡﺎﻫﻬﺎ «...
-ﻫﻞ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﻋﻼﺀ ﺳﺎﺣﺮ ﺣﻘﹼﺎ ؟
ﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎﻓﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻬﺎ ؟ -ﻛﻴﻒ ﲤﻜﹼﻦ ﻋﻼﺀ ﻣﻦ ﲢﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟ
• ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺗﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺴﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ :
-ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻊ /ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﳉﺬﺏ.
-ﲢﺮﻳﻚ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻙ.
-ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺟﺴﻢ.
- 2ﺍﳌﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ :
ﺇﻓﺴﺎﺡ ﺍﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻌﻠﹼﻤﲔ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﻟﻺﺷﻜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻِﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ
ﻗﺒﻴﻞ:
* ﻋﻼﺀ ﺣﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﲜﻬﺎﺯ ﲢﻜﹼﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ
ﺹ
ﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺓ ﲜﻬﺎﺯ ﺧﺎ
* ﺍﻟ
ﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ
* ﻋﻼﺀ ﳜﻔﻲ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺁﻟﺔ ﲢﺮﻙ ﺍﻟ
ﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺃﻭﻗﻔﻬﺎ ...
* ﻋﻼﺀ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﺎ ﺣﺮﻙ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟ
ﻳﺴﺠﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﹼﻢ ﺍﻻِﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﳍﺎ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ
75
- 4ﺍﻻِﺳﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ :
* ﲢﺮﻳﻚ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻓﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻫﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺷﻜﻠﻪ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﹼﺐ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻂ ﻗﻮﺓ.
* ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ :ﻋﻀﻠﻴﺔ /ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ /ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ.
– 5ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ :
ﺃ( ﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﹼﻤﲔ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻛﺮ :
• ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﳒﺰﻭﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﺳﻠﹼﻄﻮﺍ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻋﻀﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ.
• ﲡﺎﺭﺏ ﻗﺎﻣﻮﺍ ﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ.
• ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﻮﺓ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ.
ﺏ( ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺘﺮﺣﺔ ﰲ ﺭﻛﻦ "ﺃﻭﻇﹼﻒ ﻣﻜﺘﺴﺒﺎﰐ ﺍﳌﻀﻤﻦ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ )ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ :ﻗﻮﺓ
ﻋﻀﻠﻴﺔ /ﻗﻮﺓ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ /ﻗﻮﺓ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ(.
- 6ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻢ :
ﻟﻠﻮﻗﻮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪﻯ ﲤﻠﹼﻚ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﹼﻤﲔ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺱ ﻭﲡﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺟﺰ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﻄﺎﻟﻊ ﺍﳉﺬﺍﺫﺓ ﳝﻜﻦ
ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﺡ ﲤﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﳑﺎ ﺃﺩﺭﺝ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺛﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﻨﺴﺦ ﻭﺍﳌﻀﻤﻨﺔ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﹼﻢ )ﺍﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻖ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ( ﺃﻭ
ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﲤﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ.
76
76
ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺟﺬﺍﺫﺓ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻋﺪﺩ 1 :
77
ﻒ ﺑﻄﺮﺡ ﺍﻹﺷﻜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﰲ ﺣﻠﹼﻬﺎ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﺩﺃﺑﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺬﺍﺫﺍﺕ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻠ
ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﲤﹼﺖ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺿﻴﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭ )ﺍﻻﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺇﺷﻜﺎﻟﻴﺔ(.
* ﻫﻞ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻺﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻴﺶ ﰲ ﻭﺳﻂ ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ؟
ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ ﺍِﻧﻄﻼﻗﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺎﺅﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ :
-ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﲢﺘﻔﻞ ﺑﻼﺩﻧﺎ ﻳﻮﻡ 30ﻣﺎﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻛ ﹼﻞ ﺳﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺌﺔ ؟
ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻘﻮﻟﺔ ﻣﺪﺧﻼ ﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ )ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ( »ﻟﺒﻴﺐ ﻟﻠﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺣﺒﻴﺐ«.
ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﺎﻝ ﻳﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﻛ ﹼﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻮﻓﹼﺮ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ
ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻨﻮﻋﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﻬﺎ ﻭﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺎ ﻭﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﺎﻣﻠﻪ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ.
ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻢ :
ﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﻣﺪﻯ ﲤﻠﹼﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣﻴﺬ ﳌﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺍﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺣﻴﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻻِﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩ ﺇﱃ
ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﺘﺮﺣﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﻠﺤﻖ ﺍﳌﻀﻤﻦ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﹼﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﺡ ﲤﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻳﻐﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻹﺩﻣﺎﺟﻲ
ﻳﻮﻇﹼﻒ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﹼﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺴﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺎﺻﻠﺔ.
78
ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ 2 ﺟﺬﺍﺫﺓ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻋﺪﺩ
:ﺟﺴﻢ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ. ﺍﶈﻮﺭ
:ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ – ﺍﳉﺬﻉ – ﺍﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ – ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺻﻞ – ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺩﺙ – ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺻﺤﻴﺔ. ﺍﶈﺘﻮﻯ
ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﳌﻤﻴﺰﺓ • :ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﳉﺴﻢ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺻﻞ.
• ﺍﻟﻮﻋﻲ ﺑﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﶈﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ.
:ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﻋﻈﻤﻲ ﺇﻥ ﺗﻮﻓﹼﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺗﻌﻮﺿﻪ – ﺩﻣﻰ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ – ﺻﻮﺭ ﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﲔ ﰲ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕ
ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ – ﺻﻮﺭ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺩﺙ )ﻛﺴﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ /ﰲ ﺍﻟﻴﺪ (...
- :ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﳉﺴﻢ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ. ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺟﺰ
-ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﻭﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﻔﺼﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ.
-ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﻋﻲ ﺑﺄﳘﻴﺔ ﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ.
ﻣﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺡ • :ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﳉﺴﻢ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ.
• ﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻔﺼﻞ ﻭﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ.
• ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﶈﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ.
* ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳍﻴﻜﻠﺔ ﺑﺘﻘﺪﱘ ﺭﺳﻢ ﻳﻌﻴﻦ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﹼﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻢ.
79
-2ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ :
* -ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﺃﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﲢﺮﻳﻚ ﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﻰ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﺟﻠﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﹼﻤﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺘﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ )ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ
ﺑﻀﻤﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺜﻼ (...
-ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﳉﺴﻢ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ
-ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺻﻞ )ﺩﻋﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﲝﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺗﱪﺯ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﻔﺼﻞ ﰲ ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ(
* ﺻﻨﻊ ﺩﻣﻰ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻛﺔ ﺗﱪﺯ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺻﻞ) ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﰲ ﺣﺼﱵ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ(
ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣﻴﺬ ﻟﻸﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﺴﻢ ﻭﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﺻﻞ ﰲ ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﺍﳊﺮﻛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻬﻢ ﰲ
ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺴﻴﺲ ﺑﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﶈﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻘﺪﱘ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻣﻀﺎﺩﺓ )ﺷﺨﺺ ﻳﺘﻨﻘﹼﻞ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﻋﻜﹼﺎﺯ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺘﻪ ﺑﻜﺴﺮ ﰲ ﻃﺮﻓﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﻲ – ﺇﻋﺎﻗﺔ ﻧﺎﲡﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺎﺩﺙ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ – ﺃﻟﻌﺎﺏ ﻋﻨﻴﻔﺔ ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺟﺮﻭﺡ
ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺴﻮﺭ – ﺟﻠﺴﺔ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺔ – ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﰲ ﺣﻀﲑﺓ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺧﻮﺫﺓ – ﺭﺍﻛﺐ ﺩﺭﺍﺟﺔ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﺔ
ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺧﻮﺫﺓ ،ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﹼﻖ ﲟﺆﺧﺮﺓ ﺷﺎﺣﻨﺔ .(...
80
ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ 3 ﺟﺬﺍﺫﺓ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻋﺪﺩ
:ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ. ﺍﶈﻮﺭ
:ﺍﻟﻮﺟﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﻋﻴﺪﻫﺎ ﻭﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺎ. ﺍﶈﺘﻮﻯ
ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﳌﻤﻴﺰﺓ - :ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺃﻭﻗﺎﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ.
-ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻷﻏﺬﻳﺔ.
:ﻳﺘ ﻢ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﻫﺎ ﻭﻓﻖ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ :ﺻﻮﺭ ﻷﻏﺬﻳﺔ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﻴﺔ /ﻧﺒﺎﺗﻴﺔ – ﺃﻏﺬﻳﺔ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ – ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕ
ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ.
- :ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺍﻷﻛﻞ ﲟﻮﻋﺪ ﳏﺪﺩ. ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺟﺰ
-ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺋﻴﺔ.
-ﺍﳋﻠﻂ ﺑﲔ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻷﻏﺬﻳﺔ.
ﻣﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺡ • :ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻡ ﻣﻮﺍﻋﻴﺪ ﺍﻷﻛﻞ
• ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻛﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺯﻧﺔ.
• ﲤﻴﻴﺰ ﺍﻷﻏﺬﻳﺔ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﺎﺗﻴﺔ.
• ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻡ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ.
ﺍﻹﺷﻜﺎﻟﻴﺔ :
ﳝﻜﻦ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﻹﺷﻜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﲤﻜﹼﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﳌﺎﻡ ﺑﻜﺎﻓﹼﺔ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ
– 1ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﺘﻐﺬﹼﻯ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ؟ ﻣﱴ ؟ ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ؟
– 2ﻣﱴ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺀ ﺻﺤﻴﹼﺎ ؟
– 3ﻫﻞ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻦ ﺷﺮﺏ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ؟ ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ؟
-ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﺎﺕ :
-ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺗﺼﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣﻴﺬ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﻂ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﳊﻮﺍﺟﺰ.
81
-ﻣﻮﺍﻋﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺋﻴﺔ
-ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻷﻏﺬﻳﺔ.
-ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﻓﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﺡ.
-ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﺏ.
-ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻷﻃﻌﻤﺔ.
* ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ )ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ(
ﺍﻻِﺳﺘﻨﺘﺎﺟﺎﺕ :
• ﺍﻟﻮﺟﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﺛﻼﺙ :ﻓﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﺡ ،ﺍﻟﻐﺪﺍﺀ ،ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺎﺀ ﺗﻜﻤﻠﻬﻤﺎ ﺘﺎﻥ
• ﻟﻜ ﹼﻞ ﻭﺟﺒﺔ ﻏﺬﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﻴﺔ ﻭﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﻴﺔ.
• ﻓﻄﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﻭﺟﺒﺔ ﻏﺬﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻫﺎﻣﺔ.
ﺐ ﺷﺮﺑﻪ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻛﻞ.
ﻱ .ﻭﲡﻨ ِ• ﺷﺮﺏ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﺿﺮﻭﺭ
ﻱ.
• ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺍﻷﻏﺬﻳﺔ ﺿﺮﻭﺭ
ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ :
ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑـ :
"ﺃﻭﻇﹼﻒ ﻣﻜﺘﺴﺒﺎﰐ" ﻭﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺩﻋﻤﻬﺎ ﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ.
ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻢ :
ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﺑﺎﳌﻼﺣﻖ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﹼﻢ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﺣﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﻒ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﻠﹼﻖ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ
ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣﻴﺬ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﹼﻖ ﻣﻦ :ﲤﻠﹼﻚ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻠ
ﺼﺤﻲ ﻭﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻌﻴﺔ.
ﺑﺎﳉﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﻟ
82
ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ 4 ﺟﺬﺍﺫﺓ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻋﺪﺩ
:ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ. ﺍﶈﻮﺭ
:ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻥ. ﺍﶈﺘﻮﻯ
ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﰲ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺀ :ﺍﻷﺳﻨﺎﻥ – ﺍﳋﺮﻃﻮﻡ –
ﺍﳌﻨﻘﺎﺭ.
ﺍﳍﺪﻑ ﺍﳌﻤﻴﺰ :ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻷﻏﺬﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺃﻭﺳﺎﻃﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ.
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕ :ﺻﻮﺭ ﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻟﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺑ ﺮﻳﺔ – ﺟﺪﺍﻭﻝ ...ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ )ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻖ ﺍﳋﺎ
ﺹ ﲟﺤﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ
ﺹ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﻠﹼﻢ(.
-ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻖ ﺍﳋﺎ
- :ﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻀﻮ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﻼﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺟﺰ
-ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻷﻏﺬﻳﺔ.
ﻣﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺡ • :ﺍﻹﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﺘﻐﺬﹼﻯ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ.
- 1ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ :
ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ
• ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺃﻓﺮﻗﺔ ) 3ﺃﻓﺮﻗﺔ (...ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺼﺎﺻﺎﺕ :
83
– 2ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﹼﻢ ﺍﳌﻨﻬﺠﻲ :
ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺜﹼﺎﱐ
ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﺓ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻓﺮﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ )ﻋﻤﻞ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﻲ ﳝﺜﹼﻞ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩﺍ ﻟﻠﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ(
ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺜﹼﺎﻟﺚ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺜﹼﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ
ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺀ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﱪﻱ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺀ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﻒ
................ ................ 1 ................ ................ 1 ................ ................ 1
................ ................ 2 ................ ................ 2
................ ................ 2 ................ ................ 3 ................ ................ 3
ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺜﹼﺎﻟﺚ
ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ ﰲ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻷﻏﺬﻳﺔ ﺑﺈﳒﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ.
84
ﺍﻻِﺳﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ :
• ﺗﺘﻐﺬﹼﻯ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ :
-ﺍﳌﻨﻘﺎﺭ :ﺍﻟﻄﹼﻴﻮﺭ
-ﺍﳋﺮﻃﻮﻡ :ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻞ ...
-ﺍﻷﺳﻨﺎﻥ :ﺍﳋﺮﻭﻑ ...
-ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣﻴﺬ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻹﺳﻬﺎﻡ ﰲ ﺗﻌﻤﲑﻩ )ﺷﻔﻮﻳﺎ /ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ(
ﻭﺇﻓﺴﺎﺡ ﺍﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻹﺻﻼﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻞ.
• ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺔ :ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﳌﻌﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ :
ﺍﻷﺳﻨﺎﻥ – ﺍﻟ ﱪ – ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻞ – ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﻝ – ﺍﳋﺮﻃﻮﻡ – ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ – ﺍﳌﻨﻘﺎﺭ – ﺍﻟ ﱪ /ﺍﳌﺎﺀ – ﺍﻟﻌﺸﺐ –
ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻣﺔ – ﺍﻟﻠﹼﺤﻢ – ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺴﺎﺡ – ﺍﳊﺒﻮﺏ – ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺮ
ﻋﻀﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﹼﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻴﺶ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻥ
.............................. ................................. ................................. .......................
.............................. ................................. ................................. .......................
.............................. ................................. ................................. .......................
.............................. ................................. ................................. .......................
– 4ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻢ :
-ﻟﻠﻮﻗﻮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺪﻯ ﲤﻠﹼﻚ ﺍﳌﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺱ ﻭﲡﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺟﺰ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺮﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻀﻮ
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻪ ﻭﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻷﻏﺬﻳﺔ ﻳﺘ ﻢ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ :
• ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﺪﺩ 3ﺍﳌﻀﻤﻦ ﺑﺎﳌﻼﺣﻖ )ﲤﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻤﻴﺔ( ﺭﺑﻂ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻀﻮ ﺍﻟﹼﺬﻱ ﻳﻠﺘﻘﻂ ﺑﻪ ﻏﺬﺍﺀﻩ.
• ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﺪﺩ 4ﺍﳌﻀﻤﻦ ﺑﺎﳌﻼﺣﻖ )ﲤﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻤﻴﺔ( :ﺇﺻﻼﺡ ﺍﳋﻄﺈ ﻭﺗﻌﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ.
85
ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ 5 ﺟﺬﺍﺫﺓ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻋﺪﺩ
:ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﹼﻞ. ﺍﶈﻮﺭ
:ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﹼﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ = ﺍﳌﺸﻲ /ﺍﻟﻘﻔﺰ /ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻭ. ﺍﶈﺘﻮﻯ
ﺍﳍﺪﻑ ﺍﳌﻤﻴﺰ :ﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﹼﻞ ﻭﺍﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ.
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕ :ﺻﻮﺭ ﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﲔ – ﻣﺒﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻨﻮﻋﺔ -ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ ) -ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻖ ﺍﳋﺎ
ﺹ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﻠﹼﻢ(.
- :ﻧﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻀﻮ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻛ ﹼﻞ ﳕﻂ ﺗﻨﻘﹼﻞ. ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺟﺰ
ﻣﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺡ • :ﺍﻹﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻳﺮﺗﻜﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻌﺪﻭ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻘﻔﺰ.
• ﺍﻹﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻳﺮﺗﻜﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻡ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﺸﻲ.
ﺍﳌﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ :
-ﺇﻓﺴﺎﺡ ﺍﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻌﻠﹼﻤﲔ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻤﺔ
-ﺍِﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ
-ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﻠﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮﻱ ﺍﳌﻘﺘﺮﺡ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ )ﺃﻻﺣﻆ ﻭﺃﻋﺒﺮ( ﻭﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ
ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺟﻮﺑﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻘﺮﺓ "ﺃﲝﺚ" ﻣﺜﺎﻝ :
-ﻋﺎﺩ ﻋﻼﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﺸﻴﺎ.
-ﻋﺎﺩ ﻋﻼﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﻗﻔﺰﺍ.
-ﻋﺎﺩ ﻋﻼﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﻋﺪﻭﺍ
* ﻳﺴﺠﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﹼﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎﳌﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﱪﻣﺞ.
86
* ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣﻴﺬ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ ﺍﳊﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ.
* ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﺘﺮﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺪﻋﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﳊﺠﺔ.
ﺍﻻِﺳﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ :
• ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﻨﻘﹼﻞ ﻣﺸﻴﺎ ﻭﻗﻔﺰﺍ ﻭﻋﺪﻭﺍ.
• ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﻨﻘﹼﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺸﻴﺎ.
ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻢ :ﻳﺘ ﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﹼﻖ ﻣﻦ ﲤﻠﹼﻚ ﺍﳌﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻬﺪﻑ ﻭﺗﺪﻋﻴﻤﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻋﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﻳﺘﺨﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﹼﻢ ﻣﻦ
ﺍﻟﻮﺛﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﻨﺴﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﲟﻠﺤﻖ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﹼﻢ )ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﹼﻞ(
* ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﹼﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺣﺼﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﺘﺪﻋﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻔﻬﻮﻡ )ﺃﻟﻌﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪ :ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪ ﻣﺸﻴﺔ
ﺍﻟﺒﻄﹼﺔ ،ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﻔﺰ ﺍﻷﺭﻧﺐ .(...
87
ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ 6 ﺟﺬﺍﺫﺓ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻋﺪﺩ
:ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﹼﻞ. ﺍﶈﻮﺭ
:ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﹼﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻥ = ﺍﻟﻘﻔﺰ -ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺎﺣﺔ -ﺍﻟﻄﹼﲑﺍﻥ. ﺍﶈﺘﻮﻯ
ﺍﳍﺪﻑ ﺍﳌﻤﻴﺰ :ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺃﳕﺎﻁ ﺗﻨﻘﹼﻠﻬﺎ.
ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕ :ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﻮﺙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﻃﺎﺋﺮﺓ – ﺻﻮﺭ ﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﺘﻨﻘﹼﻞ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺃﳕﺎﻁ
ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻌﺬﹼﺭﺕ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ :ﺃﺭﻧﺐ – ﺿﻔﺪﻋﺔ – ﲰﻜﺔ – ﲪﺎﻣﺔ – ﲝﻮﺙ
ﺹ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﻠﹼﻢ(.
ﻣﻌﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣﻴﺬ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻷﻓﺮﻗﺔ -ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ )ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻖ ﺍﳋﺎ
– :ﺃﳕﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﹼﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻥ. ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺟﺰ
– ﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻀﻮ ﻭﺃﳕﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﹼﻞ.
ﻣﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺡ • :ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺣﺴﺐ ﳕﻂ ﺗﻨﻘﹼﻠﻬﺎ.
• ﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻀﻮ ﻭﳕﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﹼﻞ.
- 1ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺷﻜﺎﻟﻴﺔ :
ﻋﺪﺩ 1ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮﻱ ﻋﺪﺩ 1ﺍﳌﻘﺘﺮﺡ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ )ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﳏﻤﻴﺔ(.
ﻋﺪﺩ 2ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﶈﻤﻴﺔ )ﺇﻥ ﺃﻣﻜﻦ(.
ﻋﺪﺩ 3ﲝﺚ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﱐ.
ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣﻴﺬ ﺇﱃ 3ﺃﻓﺮﻗﺔ : -ﲝﺚ ﻣﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﺄﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺃﳕﺎﻁ ﺗﻨﻘﹼﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ
ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﻖ 1ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺒﺤﺚ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺗﻨﻘﹼﻞ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟ ﱪ.
ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﻖ 2ﻳﻨﺠﺰ ﲝﺜﺎ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺗﻨﻘﹼﻞ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳉ ﻮ.
ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﻖ 3ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺒﺤﺚ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺗﻨﻘﹼﻞ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ.
ﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ :
ﻣﺜﺎﻝ : 1ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﹼﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻮ
- 1ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﹼﺬﻱ ﳝﻜﹼﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺀ ؟
– 2ﻫﻞ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﺟﺎﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﲑﺍﻥ ؟ ﻋﻠﹼﻞ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﻚ
– 3ﺍِﲨﻊ ﺻﻮﺭﺍ ﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻹﻗﻼﻉ ،ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﲑﺍﻥ ،ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻖ ،ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺰﻭﻝ ﻭﻗﺎﺭﻥ ﺑﲔ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺣﲔ ﰲ
ﻛ ﹼﻞ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ.
ﻣﺜﺎﻝ : 2
-ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﹼﺬﻱ ﳝﻜﹼﻦ ﺍﳊﺼﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻭ ؟
-ﻫﻞ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﺰ ؟ ﻋﻠﹼﻞ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﻚ
88
-ﺍِﲨﻊ ﺻﻮﺭﺍ ﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ :ﺃﺭﻧﺐ ﻳﻘﻔﺰ – ﻏﺰﺍﻝ ﻳﻌﺪﻭ – ﲨﻞ ﳝﺸﻲ ...ﻭﻗﺎﺭﻥ ﺑﲔ ﺣﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﰲ ﻛ ﹼﻞ ﳕﻂ.
ﻣﺜﺎﻝ : 3
-ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﹼﺬﻱ ﳝﻜﹼﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻜﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺎﺣﺔ ؟
-ﻫﻞ ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻀﻔﺪﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺎﺣﺔ ؟ ﻋﻠﹼﻞ ﺟﻮﺍﺑﻚ.
-ﺍِﲨﻊ ﺻﻮﺭﺍ ﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﺘﻨﻘﹼﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻭﻗﺎﺭﻥ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ.
– 2ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﻮﺙ :
* ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺴﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻤﺜﹼﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ :
-ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ )ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻷﻏﺬﻳﺔ(
-ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ :ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﻔﺔ.
-ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ :ﺃﺳﺮﻉ /ﺃﺑﻄﺄ.
-ﻋﺮﺽ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﻘﺮﺭ ﻛ ﹼﻞ ﻓﺮﻳﻖ
-ﻓﺴﺢ ﺍﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﺘﻼﻣﻴﺬ ﳌﻨﺎﻗﺸﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ )ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻠﻴﻞ – ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻞ – ﺇﺻﻼﺡ ﺍﳋﻄﺈ(.
-ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﹼﻢ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻋ ﺪ ﺟﺪﻭﻻ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭﺭﺍﻕ ﺗﻮﺯﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣﻴﺬ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺃﻓﺮﻗﺔ ﻟﺘﺪﻭﻳﻦ
ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﳌﺘﻔﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ.
– 3ﺍﳌﻼﺣﻈﺔ :
ﻳﺘ ﻢ ﺩﻋﻢ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻮﺻﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣﻴﺬ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺘﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﲟﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺻﻮﺭ ﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﺘﻨﻘﹼﻞ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺃﳕﺎﻁ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﰲ
ﺃﻭﺳﺎﻃﻬﺎ – ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ )ﺃﺭﻧﺐ – ﺿﻔﺪﻋﺔ – ﲰﻜﺔ – ﲪﺎﻣﺔ(.
89
- 4ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ :
• ﺗﺘﻨﻘﹼﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟ ﱪ ﻋﺪﻭﺍ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻛﺎﳊﺼﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﻝ.
• ﺗﺘﻨﻘﹼﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟ ﱪ ﻗﻔﺰﺍ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻷﺭﻧﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻨﻐﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻔﺪﻋﺔ.
• ﺗﺘﻨﻘﹼﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳉ ﻮ ﻃﲑﺍﻧﺎ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺃﺟﻨﺤﺘﻬﺎ.
• ﺗﺘﻨﻘﹼﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺳﺒﺎﺣﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻋﺎﻧﻒ ﻛﺎﻟﺴﻤﻜﺔ.
- 5ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ :ﲣﻴﺮ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻣﻠ
ﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﹼﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳊﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺃﻥ ﺗﻐﻄﹼﻲ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺃﳕﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﹼﻞ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﻭﺳﺔ .ﻭﺑﺎﻹﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﺡ ﲤﺮﻳﻦ ﺇﺩﻣﺎﺟﻲ ﻛﺎﻵﰐ ) :ﻭﺿﻊ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ )×(
ﰲ ﺍﳋﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ(.
ﺃﻋـﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﹼﻞ ﻃــﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﹼﻞ
ﺃﺟﻨﺤﺔ ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺯﻋﺎﻧﻒ ﺗﻄﲑ ﺗﺰﺣﻒ ﺗﺴﺒﺢ ﺗﻘﻔﺰ ﲤﺸﻲ ﺍﳉ ﻮ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟ ﱪ
ﻭﲡﺮﻱ
ﺍﻟﻐﺰﺍﻟﺔ
ﺍﻟﺒﻄﹼﺔ
ﺍﻟﺒﻮﻣﺔ
ﺍﻷﻓﻌﻰ
ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻐﺮ
ﺍﻟﻀﻔﺪﻋﺔ
ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻜﺔ
- 6ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻢ :
-ﻳﺘ ﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﹼﻖ ﻣﻦ ﲤﻠﹼﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣﻴﺬ ﳌﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﹼﻞ ﻭﺭﺑﻂ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻀﻮ ﻭﺃﳕﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﹼﻞ ﺑﺈﳒﺎﺯ ﲤﺎﺭﻳﻦ
ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻀﻤﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺛﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﻨﺴﺦ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﲟﻠﺤﻖ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﹼﻢ )ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﹼﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻥ(.
- 7ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ :
* ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﺭﻛﻦ "ﺃﳒﺰ ﻣﺸﺮﻭﻋﺎ" ﺑﻌﺮﺽ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﺃﻋﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣﻴﺬ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﻦ ﺍﳌﺨﺼﺺ ﻟﻺﻳﻘﺎﻅ
ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﺑﻘﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ.
* ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ )ﺃﺭﻧﺐ ﻣﺜﻼ( ﻭﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﹼﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺬﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻤ ﻮ ﻭﳝﻜﻦ
ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﺣﺼﺺ ﺍﻟﹼﺘﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺗﺮﺍﺑﻂ ﺍﳌﻮﺍ ﺩ ﻭﺗﻜﺎﻣﻠﻬﺎ ،ﻭﰲ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ
ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺪﺍﻏﻮﺟﻲ ﺍﻟﹼﺬﻱ ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺣﻨﺎ ﳕﻮﺫﺟﺎ ﰲ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺷﺘﻐﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻬﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﻠﹼﻢ.
90
ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ 7 ﺟﺬﺍﺫﺓ ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻋﺪﺩ
:ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﹼﺲ. ﺍﶈﻮﺭ
:ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﹼﺲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻥ. ﺍﶈﺘﻮﻯ
ﺍﳍﺪﻑ ﺍﳌﻤﻴﺰ :ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﻳﺘﻨﻔﹼﺲ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻥ.
ﺹ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﻠﹼﻢ – ﺭﺳﻮﻡ ﻭﻣﻮﺿﺤﺎﺕ ... ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻠﺰﻣﺎﺕ :ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ – ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻖ ﺍﳋﺎ
- :ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﹼﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﹼﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻴﺶ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻥ. ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺟﺰ
-ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﹼﺲ ﻭﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻥ.
-ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺗﻌﻄﹼﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﹼﺲ.
ﻣﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺡ • :ﺭﺑﻂ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﹼﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ.
• ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﻧﺴﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻨ ﹼﻔﺲ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻥ.
• ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﺗﺘﻌﻄﹼﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﹼﺲ.
ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘ ﻢ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﹼﺲ ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻗﺎ ﻣﻦ ﲨﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﺷﻜﺎﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ :
ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺇﺷﻜﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺗﻌﺎﰿ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ.
ﺍﺭﲤﻰ ﻋﻼﺀ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺒﺢ ﻣﻊ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺎﺣﲔ ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﳊﻈﺎﺕ ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﺭﺅﻭﺳﻬﻢ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ .ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ؟
ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻼﺀ ﺃﺳﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺎﺣﲔ ﻓﻔﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﳌﻴﺪﺍﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﹼﻫﺒﻴﺔ
* ﻳﺘ ﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺗﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﺴﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑـ :
-ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ :ﻣﺪﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻃﻮﻝ /ﻣﺪﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻗﺼﺮ /ﺃﺳﺮﻉ /ﺃﺑﻄﺄ ...
-ﺟﺴﻢ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ – ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﹼﻞ ...
91
ﲢﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ :
ﺴﺒﻮﺭﺓ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ :
ﺗﺠﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟ
ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻈﹼﺎﻫﺮﺓ
-ﺍﻻﻧﻄﻼﻕ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻐﻮﺹ ﲢﺖ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﺭﲤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺎﺣﲔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ
-ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ
……………………
-ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺐ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻭﺱ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺎﺣﺔ
-ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﹼﺲ ﲢﺖ
ﺍﳌﺎﺀ.
……………………
ﻳﺘ ﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻِﻓﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺜﹼﺎﱐ )ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﹼﺲ ﲢﺖ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ( ﻭﻳﻘﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﹼﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺤﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ
ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ )ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﹼﺲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻥ( ﻓﻘﺮﺓ ﺃﲝﺚ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺃ ﹼﻥ :
* ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻭﺳﻂ ﻏﲑ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻟﻠﺘﻨﻔﹼﺲ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ
ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﻳﺐ :
-1ﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣﻴﺬ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﺘﻨﻔﹼﺴﻮﻥ
-ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﺺ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺭﻱ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻴﻖ )ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ(
-ﺍﳔﻔﺎﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﺺ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﺭﻱ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺰﻓﲑ )ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ(
* ﺑﺎﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺎﺣﲔ ﻭﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣﻴﺬ ﻳﺘ ﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺃ ﹼﻥ :
- 2ﻳﺘ ﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻨﻔﹼﺲ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻟﻴﻔﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺣﺴﺐ
ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﹼﺬﻱ ﺗﺘﻨﻔﹼﺲ ﻓﻴﻪ )ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ ﺹ : 80ﺃﻻﺣﻆ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﻭﺃﺻﻨﻒ (...ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺃ ﹼﻥ :
- 3ﲪﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣﻴﺬ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﱂ ﺗﺬﻛﺮ )ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻜﺔ – ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺵ –
ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺒﻮﻁ(.
* ﻃﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ :ﺃﻳﻦ ﺗﺘﻨﻔﹼﺲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﺵ ﻭﺍﻷﺧﻄﺒﻮﻁ ؟
92
-ﺩﻋﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﲟﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﲰﻜﺔ ﺗﺴﺒﺢ ﰲ ﺩﻭﺭﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﳍﺎ.
* ﻳﺘ ﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺃ ﹼﻥ :
ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﺘﻨﻔﹼﺲ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ
ﺍﻻِﺳﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ :
• ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﻨﻔﹼﺲ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ.
• ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﺘﻨﻔﹼﺲ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ.
• ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﺘﻨﻔﹼﺲ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ.
ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ :
ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥﹼ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺗﺘﻨﻔﹼﺲ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﻭﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﻣﺜﻼ ﺍﻟﻀﻔﺪﻋﺔ ...
- 4ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﺗﺘﻌﻄﹼﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﹼﺲ :ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻤﻢ – ﺍﻹﺧﺘﻨﺎﻕ – ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻮﺙ – ﺍﻧﻌﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻮﺋﺔ
* ﻳﺘ ﻢ ﺗﺪﻋﻴﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻤﺎﺭ ﻓﻘﺮﺓ ﺃﺟﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻗﺘﺮﺍﺡ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ
-ﻣﺸﻬﺪ ﻟﻔﺄﺭ ﲢﺖ ﻧﺎﻗﻮﺱ ﺯﺟﺎﺟﻲ
-ﲰﻜﺔ ﰲ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﻣﻌﺰﻭﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ
ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻗﻒ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ
)ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺷﺨﺺ ﰲ ﻏﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻐﻠﻘﺔ ﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻳﺸﺘﻌﻞ (...
• ﺗﺜﻤﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﲟﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﹼﺲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻲ ﰲ ﳏﻴﻂ ﺳﻠﻴﻢ.
ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ :
– 1ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ :
ﺃ( ﺃﺻﻨﻒ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻭﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﹼﺲ )ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ )×( ﰲ ﺍﳋﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ(
ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ
ﺍﳌﺎﺀ /ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﺎﺀ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺋﻦ ﺍﳊﻲ
ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ
ﲪﺎﻣﺔ
ﲰﻜﺔ
ﺿﻔﺪﻋﺔ
93
ﺏ( ﲣﻴﺮ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻞ :
-ﺗﺘﻮﻗﹼﻒ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﹼﺲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻡ
ﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻳﻌﻄﹼﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﹼﺲ
-ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺧﲔ ﻭﺩﺧﺎﻥ ﺍﻟ
-ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﻴﺶ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻫﻮﺍﺀ.
-ﻧﺘﻨﻔﹼﺲ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻧﺮﺗﺎﺡ.
ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻢ :
ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﹼﻖ ﻣﻦ ﲤﻠﹼﻚ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﹼﻤﲔ ﳌﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﹼﺲ ﰲ ﺃﻭﺳﺎﻁ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻭﺗﺒﻴﻦ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺗﻌﻄﹼﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﹼﺲ ﺗﻨﺠﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ
ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﻴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺘﺮﺣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻖ ﺍﳌﻀﻤﻦ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﹼﻢ )ﳏﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﹼﺲ(.
94
95
ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺩﻣﺎﺟﻴﺔ
ﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﻭﺭﺩﻧﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺛﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﻨﺴﺦ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺇﺩﻣﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﺗﻨﺠﺰ ﺇﺛﺮ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺗﻌﻠﹼﻢ ﻭﺗﺘﺼﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺑـ :
- 1ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ ﻭﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﺀ :ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻈﹼﺎﻫﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻈﹼﺎﻫﺮﻳﺔ –
ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻄﻴﺔ – ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ.
- 2ﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ :ﺟﺴﻢ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ – ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ – ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ
- 3ﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ :ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻘﹼﻞ – ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻔﹼﺲ – ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ
- 4ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ ﻭﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﺀ :ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ – ﺍﻟﻄﹼﺎﻗﺔ -ﺍﻟﺘﻐﺬﻳﺔ
ﻭﻧﻘﺘﺮﺡ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﻣﺜﺎﻻ ﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺟﺬﺍﺫﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ
97
ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ ﻭﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﺀ :ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻈﹼﺎﻫﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺇﺩﻣﺎﺟﻴﺔ
ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻈﹼﺎﻫﺮﻳﺔ – ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻄﻴﺔ
ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﻲ
ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﳌﻤﻴﺰﺓ :
• ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻈﹼﺎﻫﺮﻳﺔ ﳉﺴﻢ ﻳﻮﺿﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ.
• ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﺗﻔﺼﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻈﹼﺎﻫﺮﻳﺔ.
• ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻣﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﺎﺀ ﺍِﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺿﻌﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ.
• ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺴﻤﲔ ﻳﻐﻄﹼﻲ ﺍﻟﺜﹼﺎﱐ ﻛﻠﻴﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺿﻌﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺘﲔ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺘﲔ.
• ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﻭﺟﺴﻢ ﻣﺎ.
• ﺍِﺳﺘﻨﺘﺎﺝ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺮﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺼﺮﻫﺎ.
• ﲤﻴﻴﺰ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟ ﱪﻳﺔ.
• ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﺗﻮﻓﹼﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟ ﱪﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻟﻴﻔﺔ.
• ﲤﻴﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﻳﻐﺮﺳﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ.
ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺃﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﹼﻤﲔ ﺃﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﹼﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ
98
ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺃﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﹼﻤﲔ ﺃﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﹼﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ
ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺜﹼﺮ ﰲ * ﻳﻜﻤﻠﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ /ﺃﺑﻌﺪ ﺷﻔﻮﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺔ 2
ﻋﺪﺩ : 2ﻣﺸﻬﺪ 1ﻣﺼﻮﺭ ﻟﻠﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﻣﻀﻤﻦ
ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻭﺣﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ.
ﺍﻟﺸﻔﻮﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﰊ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﺑﻌﺪ /ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣﻴﺬ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ -ﺍﻟﺬﹼﺋﺐ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﺪﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﹼﻌﻠﺐ
ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﹼﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣﻴﺬ ﺇﱃ -ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺓ ﻋﺪﺩ 2ﺃﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﺗﺬﻳﻞ ﺍﳌﺸﻬﺪ :
ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺸﻬﺪ ﻛﻤﺎ )ﺃﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﻋﺪﺩ 1 ﺃﻗﺮﺏ /ﺃﺑﻌﺪ
ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻘﺪﱘ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻵﱐ -ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺪ ﺃﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺸ ﻲ ﻻﻣﺎﺭﺗﻴﺘﻴﺎﺭ(.
ﺑﺈﳒﺎﺯ ﺃﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ -ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺓ ﻋﺪﺩ 2ﺃﺑﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﹼﺋﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺪ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ )(1
)ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﻭﻣﻮﺿﻌﺔ
ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺬﻳﻦ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﲔ
ﳐﺘﻠﻔﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﺇﱃ -ﻳﺴﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ : ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺔ 3
-ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻓﺮﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ /ﺃﺑﻌﺪ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﱪﻱ ﺍﻟﹼﺬﻱ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺸ ﻲ
-ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺜﹼﺮ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﺇﱃ ﺷﻔﻮﻳﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﳉﺪﻱ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻞ -ﻳﻌﻠﹼﻠﻮﻥ :ﻷ ﹼﻥ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺸ ﻲ ﻋﺎﺷﺐ.
-ﺇﻓﺴﺎﺡ ﺍﺎﻝ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﺎﺷﺒﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ.
ﻟﻠﺘﺤﺎﻭﺭ ﻭﺇﺑﺪﺍﺀ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﺻﻮﺭﺍ ﳍﺎ.
ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻱ.
-ﻋﻤﻞ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ * ﻳﻨﺠﺰﻭﻥ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺔ 4 ﻋﺪﺩ : 3ﻓﻜﹼﺮ ﺍﳉﺪﻱ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺮﺗﻌﺶ ﻣﻦ
ﳝﻜﹼﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﹼﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣﻴﺬ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﻮﻑ ﰲ ﺣﻴﻠﺔ ﻳﻨﺠﻮ ﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﹼﻌﻠﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﹼﺋﺐ
ﺇﺻﻼﺡ ﺍﳋﻄﺈ ﻭﺗﻌﻠﻴﻞ ﺷﻔﻮﻱ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺘﺎﰊ ﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣﻴﺬ ﺇﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ -ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺓ 2ﺗﻐﻄﹼﻲ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺠﺎﺏ. ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ) (2ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻬﺪ ﻓﺎﻧﻄﻠﻖ ﳓﻮ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺸ ﻲ ﻭﺃﺧﺬ
ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺜﹼﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ. ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﻳﻐﻄﹼﻲ /ﻻ ﻳﻐﻄﹼﻲ – ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ -ﺍﳊﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺸ ﻲ ﻳﻐﻄﹼﻲ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎ ﺍﳉﺪﻱ. ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻄﻔﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﳜﺘﻔﻲ ﺧﻠﻔﻪ »ﺃﻧﻘﺬﱐ ،ﺃﻧﻘﺬﱐ«
ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ. ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ – ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻗﺼﲑﺓ – ﺻﻐﲑﺍ – -ﺍﳊﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺸﻲ ﻳﻐﻄﹼﻲ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺓ ﻋﺪﺩ 3
-ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻨﺠﺎﺏ ﻗﺼﲑﺓ. ﻛﺒﲑﺍ.
ﻋﺪﺩ : 4ﻣﺸﻬﺪ 2ﻣﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ
-ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺠﺎﺏ ﺻﻐﲑﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺬﹼﺋﺐ
ﻷ ﹼﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﺗﻔﺼﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ.
-ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺠﺎﺏ ﻛﺒﲑﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺪ ﻷ ﹼﻥ
ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﺗﻔﺼﻠﻪ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻗﺼﲑﺓ.
99
ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﺃﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﹼﻤﲔ ﺃﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﹼﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ
ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺑﺎﻥ * ﻳﺴﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻫﻠﻴﺔ :ﺍﳌﻌﺰﺍﺓ ﺍﻷ ﻡ – ﺍﳊﺼﺎﻥ – ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺔ 5
ﻋﺪﺩ : 4ﲰﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺠﺎﺏ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﳉﺪﻱ
ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺍﳌﺸﻬﺪ 3ﰲ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣﻴﺬ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﺭ – ﺍﳋﺮﻭﻑ – ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ – ﺍﻟﻌﺠﻞ. ﻓﺼﺎﺡ ﺑﺎﳊﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺸ ﻲ » :ﺍﲪﻠﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ
ﺩﻋﻢ ﻣﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ – ﺍﻷﻫﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﹼﱵ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﻠﺖ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺸ ﻲ ﻇﻬﺮﻙ ﻭﺍﻫﺮﺏ ﺑﻪ« ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺳﺄﺷﻐﻞ
ﻋﻤﻞ ﻓﺮﺩﻱ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺑﻌﺪ – ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺣﺸﺔ ﺑﺮﻗﺼﻲ ﻭﺃﻟﻌﺎﰊ
– ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻗﺼﲑﺓ – ﺍﻟﺒﻬﻠﻮﺍﻧﻴﺔ.
ﻣﺮﺍﻭﺣﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺭﻛﺐ ﺍﳉﺪﻱ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺸ ﻲ
ﺍﻟﺸﻔﻮﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﰊ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻄﻴﺔ – ﻣﻨﺎﻓﻊ ﻭﺃﻣﺴﻚ ﺑﺮﻗﺒﺘﻪ ﻓﺎﻧﻄﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﳓﻮ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻳﺒﺔ
ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻫﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﺍﺡ ﻭﺃﻧﺰﻟﻪ ﻓﻮﺟﺪ ﺃﻣﻪ ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﻛﻴﺔ ﻓﺤﻜﻰ ﳍﺎ
ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻊ ) (3ﲟﺎ ﺟﺮﻯ ﻟﻪ.
ﻓﺮﺣﺖ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺰﺭﻳﺒﺔ ﻭﺃﺣﺎﻃﺖ ﺑﺎﳊﻤﺎﺭ
ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺸ ﻲ ﺗﺮﻗﺺ ﻭﺗﻐﻨﻲ ﻭﻗﺪﻣﺖ ﻟﻪ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ
ﻣﻦ ﻧﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﲑ ﺗﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﺯﻫﺎﺭ ﺷﻘﺎﺋﻖ
-ﻳﺘﺄﻣﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺸﻬﺪ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻌﻴﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﰲ ﺗﺴﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺔ 6
ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻷﻗﺤﻮﺍﻥ.
ﺍﻷﻫﻠﻴﺔ ﻋﺪﺩ : 5ﻣﺸﻬﺪ 3ﻣﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺄﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﺸﻬﺪ
-ﻳﻌﻤﺮﻭﻥ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻭﻳﻐﻨﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺬﻛﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ
-ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﻛ ﹼﻞ ﺻﻨﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻤﺔ 7
-ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺜﹼﺮ ﻳﻌﻴﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﺗﻌﻤﲑ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺘﺼﻨﻴﻒ
ﻓﺮﺩﻳﺎ ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﹼﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﻳﻐﺮﺳﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﻳﺰﺭﻋﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ :
ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺗﻪ. ﺍﻷﻓﺮﻗﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ -ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ
ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻭﺣﺔ ﺑﲔ -ﻣﻐﺮﻭﺳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ
ﺍﻟﺸﻔﻮﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﰊ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﲑ -ﺷﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﻳﺘﻮﻥ -ﻣﺰﺭﻭﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ
ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺢ ﺍﻟﱪﺗﻘﺎﻝ -ﺍﻷﻗﺤﻮﺍﻥ
ﺍﻟﺬﹼﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺡ
................ ................ ................
ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ : 1ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺇﺩﻣﺎﺝ ﻣﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﺑﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻭﺻﺤﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﶈﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﺎﺗﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍ ﳉﻮﺍﻧﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻌﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ
ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ : 2ﰲ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ )ﺣ ﹼﻞ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﺑﺈﳒﺎﺯ ﲝﻮﺙ ﻭﻣﺸﺎﺭﻳﻊ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﺋﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻼﻗﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﶈﻴﻂ( ﳝﻜﻦ ﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣﻴﺬ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﳌﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﺃﻭ ﲝﺚ
ﻳﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻐﺮﺍﺳﺔ ﻧﺒﺘﺔ )ﺣﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ( ﻭﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﳍﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﻭﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﳕﻮﻩ ﻭﺗﻐﺬﻳﺘﻪ ﻭﺍﻹﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ.
100
ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻤﻴﺔ
ﺫﺍﺕ ﻃﺎﺑﻊ ﺇﺩﻣﺎﺟﻲ
ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﹼﺎﻧﻴﺔ
101
ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻃﺎﺑﻊ ﺇﺩﻣﺎﺟﻲ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻅ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ
ﺹ1
ﻋـــ1ـــﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
102
ﺹ2
ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ
103
ﺹ3
ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ
104
ﺹ4
ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ
106
ﺹ6 - 5ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﹼﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺻﻼﺡ :
– 1ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﻹﺻﻼﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ :
ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﺍﻟــﺤــﻞﹼ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﺖ
ﻣﻌـ1 2ﺩﻕ ﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ "ﺍﻟﻜﻠﺐ" ﰲ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ – ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺧﺎﻃﺌﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺁﺧﺮ. 01
3ﺩﻕ ﻳﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ )×( ﺃﻣﺎﻡ "ﰲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻓﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﺎﺀ ﻛﺜﲑ" )ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ( 02
ﻣﻌـ1
ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺧﺎﻃﺌﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﻌﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ.
ﻣﻌـ2 3ﺩﻕ ﻳﺸﻄﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ "ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﺺ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻥ ﺃﻟﻴﻒ" ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ. 03
ﻣﻌـ1 2ﺩﻕ ﻳﺸﻄﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﹼﺎﻧﻴﺔ :ﺍﳊﻠﻮﻯ ﻏﺬﺍﺀ ﻧﺎﻓﻊ ﻟﻸﺳﻨﺎﻥ. 04
ﻳﺸﻄﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ "ﺧﺒﺰ – ﺯﻳﺖ ﻭﺑﻴﺾ" ﺇﺫﺍ ﺷﻄﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ ﻏﺬﺍﺀ ﻣﺼﺪﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻌـ1 2ﺩﻕ 05
ﺍﻷﻏﺬﻳﺔ ﺍﳊﻴﻮﺍﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺧﺎﻃﺌﺔ.
ﻣﻌـ1 3ﺩﻕ ﻳﺸﻄﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ "ﻳﺸﺮﻱ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻌﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﺎﻥ ﺏ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﻋﻨﻪ". 06
ﻣﻌـ2 4ﺩﻕ ﻳﺼﻠﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻓﺘﺼﺒﺢ "ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻛﺎﻥ ﺏ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ". 07
ﻳﺼﻠﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻓﺘﺼﺒﺢ "ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻛﺎﻥ ﺃ ﻗﺼﲑﺓ ﻷ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻛﹼﺎﻥ »ﺃ« ﺃﻗﺮﺏ" .ﻣﻌـ3 4ﺩﻕ 08
ﻣﻌـ2 3ﺩﻕ ﻳﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ )×( ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ :ﻷ ﹼﻥ ﺃﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻋﺸﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﻳﻘﺔ. 11
ﻣﻌـ2 2ﺩﻕ ﻳﺸﻄﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻋﺪﺩ : 2ﺍﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﺐ ﺑﻼ ﺗﻠﻘﻴﺢ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺳﻠﻴﻢ. 14
ﻣﻌـ3 3ﺩﻕ ﻳﺼﻠﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻋﺪﺩ 2ﻓﺘﺼﺒﺢ "ﺍﻷﺳﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﹼﺋﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﹼﻌﻠﺐ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﻳﺔ". 15
107
ﺹ7
– 2ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﻌﻤﲑ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻭﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ.
-ﺗﺴﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ) (+ﻛﻠﹼﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻭﺗﺴﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ) (-ﻛﻠﹼﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺧﺎﻃﺌﺔ
ﺃﻭ ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩﺓ.
-ﻳﺴﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺤ ﻖ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ.
ﺹ ﺑﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻛ ﹼﻞ ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺬ.
-ﻳﻌﻤﺮ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺟﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻭﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳋﺎ
• ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ :
ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺻﻼﺡ ﻭﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻳﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﻭﻳﺘ ﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ
ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻼﺝ.
108
ﺹ8
109
ﺹ9
110
ﺹ 10
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
111
ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ...................... : ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻃﺎﺑﻊ ﺇﺩﻣﺎﺟﻲ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻅ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ
ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻘﺐ ..................... : ﻋـــ1ـــﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻋـ1ـﺪﺩ
ﺖ ............
ﺶ ﻓِﻲ ﻫﺬﹶﺍ ﺍﹾﻟﺒﻴ ِ
ﺤﻴﻮﺍ ِﻥ ﺍﱠﻟﺬِﻱ ﺳﻴﻌِﻴ
ﺐ ِﺍ ﺳ ﻢ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻛﺘ
ﻣﻌـ1
ﺍ َﻷ ﺳ ﺪ
ﺍﹾﻟﻔِﻴ ﹸﻞ
ﺐ
ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜ ﹾﻠ
ﻂ
ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻘ ﱡ
ﺍﻟﻨ ِﻤ ﺮ
ﺍﹾﻟﺒ ﹶﻘ ﺮ ﹸﺓ
ﺐ
ﺍ َﻷ ﺭﻧ
ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻋـ2ـﺪﺩ
ﺤﺪِﻳ ﹶﻘ ِﺔ
ﻀ ﻊ ﻓِﻴ ِﻪ ِﺇﺩﺍ ﺭ ﹸﺓ ﺍﹾﻟ
ﻼ ﻣ ﹶﺔ )×( ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﺘ ﺮﺑِﻴ ﻌ ِﺔ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻤﻨﺎ ِﺳﺒ ِﺔ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ ﻤ ﹶﻜﺎ ِﻥ ﺍﱠﻟﺬِﻱ ﺳﺘ ﺿ ﻊ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻌ ﹶ
ﹶﺃ
ﻣﻌـ1
ﺡ.ﺍﻟِّﺘ ﻤﺴﺎ
ﺲ ﻓِﻴ ِﻪ ﻣﺎ ٌﺀ ...........
ﺡ ﻓِﻲ ﻣﻜﹶﺎ ٍﻥ ﹶﻓﺴِﻴ ٍﺢ ﹶﻟﻴ ﺤﺪِﻳ ﹶﻘ ِﺔ ﺍﻟِّﺘ ﻤﺴﺎ
ﻀ ﻊ ِﺇﺩﺍ ﺭ ﹸﺓ ﺍﹾﻟ
ﺳﺘ
ﲑ ................. ﻓِﻲ ﻣﻜﹶﺎ ٍﻥ ﹶﻓﺴِﻴ ٍﺢ ﻓِﻴ ِﻪ ﻣﺎ ٌﺀ ﹶﻛِﺜ
ﺲ ﻓِﻴ ِﻪ ﻣﺎ ٌﺀ .................. ﺿِّﻴ ٍﻖ ﹶﻟﻴ ﻓِﻲ ﻣﻜﹶﺎ ٍﻥ
ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻋـ3ـﺪﺩ
ﺨ ﹶﻄﹶﺄ
ﺐ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﺃ ﺷ ﹸﻄ
ﻣﻌـ2
ﺱ.
ﻱ ﻣ ﹾﻔﺘ ِﺮ
ﺺ ِﺑ ﻤ ِﻔ ﺮ ِﺩ ِﻩ َﻷﻧ ﻪ ﺣﻴﻮﺍ ﹲﻥ ﺑ ِّﺮ
ﺤﺪِﻳ ﹶﻘ ِﺔ ﺍﻟﻨ ِﻤ ﺮ * :ﻓِﻲ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻘ ﹶﻔ ِ
ﻀ ﻊ ِﺇﺩﺍ ﺭ ﹸﺓ ﺍﹾﻟ
ﺳﺘ
ﺾ. ﺺ ِﺑ ﻤ ﹾﻔ ﺮ ِﺩ ِﻩ َﻷﻧ ﻪ ﻣﺮِﻳ * ﻓِﻲ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻘ ﹶﻔ ِ
ﻒ. ﺺ َﻷﻧ ﻪ ﺣﻴﻮﺍ ﹲﻥ ﹶﺃﻟِﻴ ﺝ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻘ ﹶﻔ ِ* ﺧﺎ ِﺭ
ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻋـ4ـﺪﺩ
ﺨ ﹶﻄﹶﺄ
ﺐ ﺍﹾﻟ
ﹶﺃ ﺷ ﹸﻄ ﻣﻌـ1
ﺴ ِﻢ.
ﺠ ﺕ ِﻏﺬﹶﺍ ٌﺀ ﻧﺎِﻓ ﻊ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ ِ -ﺍﹾﻟﻴﺎﻏﹸﻮ ﺭ
ﻸ ﺳﻨﺎ ِﻥ.ﺤ ﹾﻠﻮﻯ ِﻏﺬﹶﺍ ٌﺀ ﻧﺎِﻓ ﻊ ﻟ َ -ﺍﹾﻟ
ﺕ ِﻏﺬﹶﺍ ٌﺀ ﻧﺎِﻓ ﻊ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ ِﻌﻈﹶﺎ ِﻡ ﻭﺍ َﻷ ﺳﻨﺎ ِﻥ. -ﺍﹾﻟﻴﺎﻏﹸﻮ ﺭ
112
ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻋـ5ـﺪﺩ
ﺐ ﺍ َﻷ ﺷﻴﺎ َﺀ ﺍﱠﻟﺘِﻲ ﹶﻻ ﺗ ﻮِّﻓ ﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﹾﻟﺒ ﹶﻘ ﺮ ﹸﺓ
ﻆ ﺍﻟ ﺮ ﺳ ﻢ ﹸﺛ ﻢ ﺃﹶ ﺷ ﹸﻄ
ﹸﺃ ﹶﻻ ِﺣ ﹸ ﻣﻌـ1
ﺾ
ﺑﻴ ﺧﺒ ﺰ
ﺤ ﻢ
ﹶﻟ
ﻣﺮﺍ ﺩ
ﺸﺮِﻱ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺩ ﺍﻟﱡﻠ ﻌﺒ ﹶﺔ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺍﻟ ﺪﻛﱠﺎ ِﻥ ﺏ َﻷﻧ ﻪ ﺑﻌِﻴ ﺪ ﻋﻨ ﻪ.
-ﻳ
ﺸﺮِﻱ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺩ ﺍﻟﱡﻠ ﻌﺒ ﹶﺔ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺍﻟ ﺪﻛﱠﺎ ِﻥ ﺃ َﻷﻧ ﻪ ﹶﻗﺮِﻳ
ﺐ ِﻣﻨ ﻪ. -ﻳ
ﺤ ِّﺮ ﹶﻛ ِﺔ.
ﺼ ﻮ ِﺭ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻤﺘ
ﺖ ﺣﺎ ﹶﻥ ِﻟ ﻤﺸﺎ ﻫ ﺪ ِﺓ ﺍﻟ
ﺸﺮِﻱ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺩ ﺍﻟﱡﻠ ﻌﺒ ﹶﺔ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺍﻟ ﺪﻛﱠﺎ ِﻥ ﺃ َﻷ ﱠﻥ ﺍﻟﹾ ﻮ ﹾﻗ
-ﻳ
ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻋـ7ـﺪﺩ
ﺨ ﹶﻄﹶﺄ :
ﺻِﻠ ﺢ ﺍﹾﻟ
ﹸﺃ ﻣﻌـ3
ﺼ ﲑ ﹲﺓ.
ﺻﹶﻠ ﹸﺔ ﺑﻴ ﻦ ﻣ ﻮِﻗ ِﻊ ﻣﺮﺍ ٍﺩ ﻭﺍﻟ ﺪﻛﱠﺎ ِﻥ ﺏ ﹶﻗ ِ
-ﺍﹾﻟ ﻤﺴﺎﻓﹶ ﹸﺔ ﺍﹾﻟﻔﹶﺎ ِ
........................................................................
ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻋـ8ـﺪﺩ
ﺨ ﹶﻄﹶﺄ
ﺻِﻠ ﺢ ﺍﹾﻟ
ﹸﺃ
ﻣﻌـ3
ﺻﹶﻠ ﹸﺔ ﺑﻴ ﻦ ﻣ ﻮِﻗ ِﻊ ﻣﺮﺍ ٍﺩ ﻭﺍﻟ ﺪﻛﱠﺎ ِﻥ ﺃ ﹶﻃﻮِﻳﹶﻠ ﹲﺔ َﻷ ﱠﻥ ﺍﻟ ﺪﻛﱠﺎ ﹶﻥ ﺃ ﺑﻌِﻴ ﺪ ﻋﻨ ﻪ.
-ﺍﹾﻟ ﻤﺴﺎﻓﹶ ﹸﺔ ﺍﹾﻟﻔﹶﺎ ِ
...................................................................... -
113
ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻋـ9ـﺪﺩ
.........................
ﺲ ِﺑﻬﺎ
ﺐ ﻓِﻲ ﺍ ِﻹﻃﹶﺎ ِﺭ ِﺇ ﺳ ﻢ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻮﺳِﻴﹶﻠ ِﺔ ﺍﱠﻟﺘِﻲ ﻳﻘِﻴ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻛﺘ ﻣﻌـ1
.
ﻣﺮﺍ ﺩ ﺍ َﻷ ﹾﻃﻮﺍ ﹶﻝ.
ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻋـ10ـﺪﺩ
ﺕ ﺍﱠﻟﺘِﻲ ﹶﻟ ﻢ ﻳ ﺰ ﺭ ﻋﻬﺎ ﹶﺃﺑﻮ ﻣﺮﺍ ٍﺩ.
ﹶﺃ ﺷ ﹸﻄﺐ ﹶﺃ ﺳﻤﺎ َﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﺎﺗﺎ ِ ﻣﻌـ1
ﺲ.
ﺨ
ﺖ – ﺍﹾﻟ ﺠ ﺰ ﺭ – ﺍﻟِّﻠ ﹾﻔ ﺼ ﹸﻞ – ﺷﻘﹶﺎِﺋ ﻖ ﺍﻟﻨ ﻌﻤﺎ ِﻥ – ﺍﹾﻟ ﺍﹾﻟﺒ
ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻋـ11ـﺪﺩ
ﺤ ِﺔ :
ﺼﺤِﻴ ﻼ ﻣ ﹶﺔ )×( ﹶﺃﻣﺎ ﻡ ﺍ ِﻹﺟﺎﺑ ِﺔ ﺍﻟ
ﺿ ﻊ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻌ ﹶ
ﹶﺃ ﻣﻌـ2
ﺹ ِﺑ ِﻪ.
ﻂ ﻓِﻲ ﻣﻜﹶﺎ ٍﻥ ﺧﺎ ٍّ ﺐ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳﻨﺎ ﻡ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻘ ﱡﺠ -ﻳ ِ
ﺵ.
ﺲ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻔﺮﺍ ِ
ﻂ ﻳﻨﺎ ﻡ ﻣ ﻌﻨﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﻧ ﹾﻔ ِ
-ﻧﺘ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻘ ﱠ
ﺹ ِﺑ ِﻪ.
ﻂ ِﻭﻋﺎ ٌﺀ ﺧﺎ ﺐ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﻳﻜﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ ِﻘ ِّ ﺠ -ﻳ ِ
114
ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻋـ14ـﺪﺩ
ﺨ ﹶﻄﹶﺄ :
ﺐ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﺃ ﺷ ﹸﻄ ﻣﻌـ1
ﺤِﺘ ِﻪ.
ﺼﺐ َﻷ ﱠﻥ ﺍﻟﺘ ﹾﻠﻘِﻴ ﺢ ﻧﺎِﻓ ﻊ ِﻟ ِﻱ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜ ﹾﻠ
-ﻳﹶﻠ ِّﻘ ﺢ ﺍﹾﻟﺒﻴ ﹶﻄ ِﺮ
ﻼ ﺗ ﹾﻠﻘِﻴ ٍﺢ َﻷﻧ ﻪ ﺳﻠِﻴ ﻢ.
ﺐ ِﺑ ﹶ -ﹶﺃﺗ ﺮ ﻙ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜﹶﻠ
ﺽ. ﺐ ﺣﺘﻰ ﹶﻻ ﹶﺃ ﻣ ﺮ ﺲ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜ ﹾﻠ ِﻱ ﺑ ﻌ ﺪ ﹶﻟ ﻤ ِ
ﺴ ﹸﻞ ﻳ ﺪ -ﹶﺃ ﹾﻏ ِ
ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻋـ15ـﺪﺩ
ﺨ ﹶﻄﹶﺄ : ﺻِﻠ ﺢ ﺍﹾﻟ
ﹸﺃ ﻣﻌـ3
ﺕ ﹶﺃﻟِﻴ ﹶﻔ ﹲﺔ.
ﺐ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎ
ﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﱠﺜ ﻌﹶﻠ
-ﺍ َﻷ ﺳ ﺪ ﻭﺍﻟ ِّﺬﹾﺋ
.............................................................................
115
ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻃﺎﺑﻊ ﺇﺩﻣﺎﺟﻲ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻅ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ
ﺹ1
ﻋـــ2ـــﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
116
ﺹ2
117
ﺹ3
ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﺮ
118
ﺹ4
119
ﺹ5
120
ﺹ6 - 5ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﹼﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺻﻼﺡ :
– 1ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﻹﺻﻼﺡ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺎﺭﻳﻦ :
2ﺩﻕ ﻳﺮﺗﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣﻴﺬ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺗﺴﻠﺴﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﲏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ. 01
ﻣﻌـ1
2 1 3 4
ﻣﻌـ3 4ﺩﻕ ﻳﺼﻠﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﺎﻃﺌﺔ ﻓﺘﺼﺒﺢ : 04
ﻭﺻﻞ ﺳﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ ﻷ ﹼﻥ ﺳﺎﻣﻲ ﺃﺑﻄﺄ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ.
ﻣﻌـ1 2ﺩﻕ ﻳﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ )×( ﲢﺖ :ﺑﻴﺾ ﻣﺴﻠﻮﻕ – ﺣﻠﻴﺐ – ﺟﱭ – ﳊﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﺟﺎﺝ. 10
ﻣﻌـ2 ﻳﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ )×( ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﺪﺩ 3 3ﺩﻕ 12
ﻣﻌـ3 ﻳﺼﻠﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﻃﺌﺔ ﻓﺘﺼﺒﺢ :ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﹼﻴﻮﺭ ﻣﻨﻘﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺃﻭ )ﻣﻨﺎﻗﲑﻫﺎ( 3ﺩﻕ 13
ﻣﻌـ3 3ﺩﻕ ﻳﺼﻠﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﺎﻃﺌﺔ ﻓﺘﺼﺒﺢ :ﺍﳉﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻔﺼﻠﻨﺎ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺃﻃﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﺒﺪﻭ ﺻﻐﲑﺍ 15
121
ﺹ7
– 2ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﻟﺘﻌﻤﲑ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻭﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ.
-ﺗﺴﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ) (+ﻛﻠﹼﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻭﺗﺴﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ) (-ﻛﻠﹼﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺧﺎﻃﺌﺔ
ﺃﻭ ﻣﻔﻘﻮﺩﺓ.
-ﻳﺴﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺤ ﻖ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻤﻴﺬ.
ﺹ ﺑﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻛ ﹼﻞ ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺬ.
-ﻳﻌﻤﺮ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺟﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﻭﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳋﺎ
• ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ :
ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﺻﻼﺡ ﻭﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻳﺴﺘﺜﻤﺮ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﻭﻳﺘ ﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻴﻂ
ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻼﺝ.
122
ﺹ8
123
ﺹ9
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
124
ﺹ 10
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
125
ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ...................... : ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻢ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻃﺎﺑﻊ ﺇﺩﻣﺎﺟﻲ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻅ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ
ﺍﻟﻠﹼﻘﺐ ..................... : ﻋـــ2ـــﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ
ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻋـ1ـﺪﺩ
ﺴِﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟ ﺰ ﻣﻨِﻲ.ﺴ ﹾﻠ
ﺐ ﺗ
ﺴ
ﺼ ﻮ ﺭ ﹸﺛ ﻢ ﹸﺃ ﺭِّﺗﺒﻬﺎ ﺣ
ﻆ ﺍﻟ
ﹸﺃ ﹶﻻ ِﺣ ﹸ ﻣﻌـ1
ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻋـ2ـﺪﺩ
ﺤ ِﺔ.
ﺼﺤِﻴ ﻼ ﻣ ﹶﺔ )×( ﹶﺃﻣﺎ ﻡ ﺍ ِﻹﺟﺎﺑ ِﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺿ ﻊ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻌ ﹶ
ﹶﺃ ﻣﻌـ1
........
. ﻱ
ﺙ ﺩ ﻭ ِﺭ ﺖ ﺍﹾﻟﺤﺎِﻓﹶﻠ ﹸﺔ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﹾﻟﻐﺎﺑ ِﺔ :ﺣ ﺪ ﹲ
-ﺗ ﻮﱠﻗ ﹶﻔ ِ
........ ﻱ
ﺙ ﹶﻏﻴ ﺮ ﺩ ﻭ ِﺭ ٍّ
ﺖ ﺍﹾﻟﺤﺎِﻓﹶﻠ ﹸﺔ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﹾﻟﻐﺎﺑ ِﺔ :ﺣ ﺪ ﹲ
-ﺗ ﻮﱠﻗ ﹶﻔ ِ
.
ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻋـ3ـﺪﺩ
ﺠ ﻤﹶﻠ ﹶﺔ
ﻆ ﺍﻟ ﺮ ﺳ ﻤﻴ ِﻦ 1ﻭ 2ﻭﹸﺃﺗ ِّﻤ ﻢ ﺍﹾﻟ
ﹸﺃ ﹶﻻ ِﺣ ﹸ ﻣﻌـ2
ﺍﻟ ﺮ ﺳ ﻢ )(1 ﻣﺮﺍ ﺩ
ﻂ
ﺧ ﱡ ﻂ
ﺧ ﱡ
ﺍﹾﻟ ﻮﺻﻮ ِﻝ ﻕ
ﻼِ
ﺍ ِﻻﻧ ِﻄ ﹶ
ﺳﺎﻣِﻲ
ﻂ
ﺧ ﱡ ﺳﺎﻣﻰ ﺍﻟ ﺮ ﺳ ﻢ )(2 ﻂ
ﺧ ﱡ
ﺍﹾﻟ ﻮﺻﻮ ِﻝ ﻕ
ﻼِ
ﺍ ِﻻﻧ ِﻄ ﹶ
ﻣﺮﺍ ﺩ
....................................... ﻕ َﻷﻧ ﻪ
ﺴﺒﺎ ِ
ﻓﹶﺎ ﺯ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺩ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟ ِّ
126
ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻋـ4ـﺪﺩ
ﺨ ﹶﻄﹶﺄﺻِﻠ ﺢ ﺍﹾﻟ
ﹸﺃ ﻣﻌـ3
ﺻ ﹶﻞ ﻣﺮﺍ ﺩ ﺑ ﻌ ﺪ ﺳﺎﻣِﻲ َﻷ ﱠﻥ ﻣﺮﺍﺩﺍ ﹶﺃﺑ ﹶﻄﹸﺄ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺳﺎﻣِﻲ.
ﻭ
..............................................................................................................
ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻋـ5ـﺪﺩ
ﺼ ِﻞ ﺩﺍ ِﺧ ﹶﻞ ﺍ ِﻹﻃﹶﺎ ِﺭ ﻓِﻲ ﹸﻛ ِّﻞ ﺣﺎﹶﻟ ٍﺔ :
ﺐ ﺭ ﹾﻗ ﻢ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻤ ﹾﻔ
ﺸ ﻬ ﺪ ﻭﹶﺃ ﹾﻛﺘ
ﹶﺃﺗﹶﺄ ﻣ ﹸﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻤ ﻣﻌـ1
........
ﺼ ﹶﻞ ﺭ ﹾﻗ ﻢ
ﹶﺃﹾﺛﻨِﻲ ِﺫﺭﺍﻋِﻲ ﹶﻓﹸﺄ ﺣ ِّﺮ ﻙ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻤ ﹾﻔ 1
2
ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻋـ6ـﺪﺩ
ﺨ ﹶﻄﹶﺄ : ﺐ ﺍﹾﻟ
ﹶﺃ ﺷ ﹸﻄ ﻣﻌـ1
ﺤ ﺮ ﹶﻛ ﹶﺔ.
ﺴ ﺮ ﺍﹾﻟ ﺻ ﹸﻞ ﺗﻴ ِّ
• ﺍﹾﻟ ﻤﻔﹶﺎ ِ
ﻑ.
ﺻ ﹸﻞ ﺗ ﻌ ِّﻄ ﹸﻞ ﺣ ﺮ ﹶﻛ ﹶﺔ ﺍ َﻷ ﹾﻃﺮﺍ ِ• ﺍﹾﻟ ﻤﻔﹶﺎ ِ
ﻑ.
ﺴ ﺮ ﺣ ﺮ ﹶﻛ ﹶﺔ ﺍ َﻷ ﹾﻃﺮﺍ ِﺻ ﹸﻞ ﺗﻴ ِّ• ﺍﹾﻟ ﻤﻔﹶﺎ ِ
ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻋـ7ـﺪﺩ
ﺨ ﹶﻄﹶﺄ
ﺐ ﺍﹾﻟ
ﹶﺃ ﺷ ﹸﻄ
ﻣﻌـ1
ﻉ
ﺤﻤﺎ ِﻡ ﻣ ﺮ ﹰﺓ ﻓِﻲ ﺍ ُﻷ ﺳﺒﻮ ِ ﺏ ِﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ -ﺑِﺎﻟ ﱠﺬﻫﺎ ِ
ﺏ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻌﻨِﻴ ﹶﻔ ِﺔِ -ﺑ ﻤﻤﺎ ﺭ ﺳ ِﺔ ﺍ َﻷﹾﻟﻌﺎ ِ ﺴﻤِﻲ
ﻼ ﻣ ِﺔ ِﺟ
ﻆ ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺳ ﹶ
ﹸﺃﺣﺎِﻓ ﹸ
ﺿ ِﺔ ﺑِﺎﻧِﺘﻈﹶﺎ ٍﻡ
ِ -ﺑ ﻤﻤﺎ ﺭ ﺳ ِﺔ ﺍﻟ ِّﺮﻳﺎ
127
ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻋـ8ـﺪﺩ
ﺨ ﹶﻄﹶﺄ :
ﺐ ﺍﹾﻟ
ﻆ ﺍﻟ ﺮ ﺳ ﻢ ﹸﺛ ﻢ ﹶﺃ ﺷ ﹸﻄ
ﺃُ ﹶﻻ ِﺣ ﹸ ﻣﻌـ1
ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻋـ9ـﺪﺩ
ﺤ ِﺔ :
ﺼﺤِﻴ
ﻼ ﻣ ﹶﺔ )×( ﹶﺃﻣﺎ ﻡ ﺍ ِﻹﺟﺎﺑ ِﺔ ﺍﻟ
ﺿ ﻊ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻌ ﹶ
ﹶﺃ ﻣﻌـ1
ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻋـ10ـﺪﺩ
ﺤﻴﻮﺍ ﹸﻥ.
ﺼ ﺪ ﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﹾﻟ
ﺖ ﺍ َﻷ ﹾﻏ ِﺬﻳ ِﺔ ﺍﱠﻟﺘِﻲ ﻣ
ﺤ
ﻼ ﻣ ﹶﺔ )×( ﺗ
ﺿ ﻊ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻌ ﹶ
ﻆ ﺍﻟ ﺮ ﺳ ﻢ ﹸﺛ ﻢ ﹶﺃ
ﹸﺃ ﹶﻻ ِﺣ ﹸ ﻣﻌـ1
ﺾ
ﺑﻴ
128
ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻋـ11ـﺪﺩ
ﺨ ﹶﻄﹶﺄ :
ﺐ ﺍﹾﻟ
ﹶﺃ ﺷ ﹸﻄ ﻣﻌـ1
ﻁ.ﺡ ﻳ ﺰ ِّﻭ ﺩﻧِﻲ ﺑِﺎﹾﻟ ﹸﻘ ﻮ ِﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎ ِ
ﺼﺒﺎ ِ• ﻓﹶﻄﹸﻮ ﺭ ﺍﻟ
ﺿﺮﻭ ِﺭﻳﺎ ﻭﻧ ﹾﻜﺘﻔِﻲ ﻓِﻴ ِﻪ ِﺑ ﹶﻄﻌﺎ ٍﻡ ﹶﻗﻠِﻴ ٍﻞ. ﺲ ﺡ ﹶﻟﻴ ﺼﺒﺎ ِ• ﹶﻓﻄﹸﻮ ﺭ ﺍﻟ
ﺱ.
ﺡ ﻳﺴﺎ ِﻋﺪﻧِﻲ ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺍ ِﻻﻧِﺘﺒﺎ ِﻩ ﻭ ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﻣﺘﺎﺑ ﻌ ِﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺪﺭﻭ ِ ﺼﺒﺎ ِ• ﹶﻓﻄﹸﻮ ﺭ ﺍﻟ
ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻋـ12ـﺪﺩ
ﺼﺤِﻴ ِﺢ.
ﺏ ﺍﻟ
ﺠﻮﺍ ِ ﻼ ﻣ ﹶﺔ )×( ﹶﺃﻣﺎ ﻡ ﺍﹾﻟ ﺿ ﻊ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻌ ﹶﹶﺃ ﻣﻌـ2
ﹶﻟ ﻢ ﻳﺘﻨﺎ ﻭ ﹾﻝ ﻣ ﻬﺪِﻱ ﻭ ﺟﺒ ﹶﺔ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻐﺪﺍ ِﺀ.
ﺡ.
ﺼﺒﺎ ِ
• َﻷﻧ ﻪ ﺗﻨﺎ ﻭ ﹶﻝ ﹶﻓﻄﹸﻮ ﺭ ﺍﻟ
ﺤ ﺪ ﺩ ٍﺓ.
ﺕ ﻣ
• َﻷﻧ ﻪ ﺗ ﻌ ﻮ ﺩ ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺍ َﻷ ﹾﻛ ِﻞ ﻓِﻲ ﹶﺃ ﻭﻗﹶﺎ ٍ
ﺤﺘ ِﺮ ﻡ ﻣﻮﺍﻋِﻴ ﺪ ﺍ َﻷ ﹾﻛ ِﻞ.
• َﻷﻧ ﻪ ﹶﻻ ﻳ
ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻋـ13ـﺪﺩ
ﺨ ﹶﻄﹶﺄ :ﺻِﻠ ﺢ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹸﺃ ﻣﻌـ3
ﻁ ِﻏﺬﹶﺍِﺋﻬﺎ.
ﺴﺘﻌِ ﻤ ﹸﻞ ﺍﻟ ﱡﻄﻴﻮ ﺭ ﹶﺃ ﺳﻨﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﹾﻟِﺘﻘﹶﺎ ِ
-ﺗ
................................................................................................................. -
ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮﻳﻦ ﻋـ14ـﺪﺩ
ﺨ ﹶﻄﹶﺄ :ﺐ ﺍﹾﻟ
ﹶﺃ ﺷ ﹸﻄ ﻣﻌـ2
130
131
132
ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﹼﺎﻧﻴﺔ
ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ
ﲤﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻤﻴﺔ
ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻔﻀﺎ ُﺀ
ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺍ َﻷ ﺷﺠﺎ ﺭ ﹶﻛﻤﺎ ِﻫ ﻲ ﻣ ﺮﺳﻮ ﻣ ﹲﺔ ﺐ ﻋ ﻴ ﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻤﺸﺎ ِﻫﺪِ
1ﹶﺃ ﺭ ﺳ ﻢ ﻓِﻲ ﺍ ِﻹﻃﹶﺎ ِﺭ ﺍِﻟ ﻤﻨﺎ ِﺳ ِ
* ﹸﺃ ﹶﻛ ِﻤّ ﹸﻞ ِﺑ ِﻜﺘﺎﺑ ِﺔ ﺭ ﹾﻗ ﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﱠﺎِﺋ ﺮ ِﺓ ﻭﺑِـ :ﺑﻌِﻴ ﺪ ﹲﺓ /ﹶﻗﺮِﻳﺒ ﹲﺔ
ﺴﺒ ِﺔ ِﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺳﺎﻣِﻲ َﻷﻧﻬﺎ ِ ................ﻣﻨ ﻪ
ﺗ ﹾﻈ ﻬ ﺮ ﹶﻛِﺒ ﲑ ﹰﺓ ﺑِﺎﻟِّﻨ -ﺍﻟﻄﱠﺎِﺋ ﺮ ﹸﺓ ﺭ ﹾﻗ ﻢ
ﺴﺒ ِﺔ ِﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺳﺎﻣِﻲ َﻷﻧﻬﺎ ...............ﻋﻨﻪ
ﺻ ِﻐ ﲑ ﹰﺓ ﺑِﺎﻟِّﻨ ﺗ ﹾﻈ ﻬ ﺮ -ﺍﻟﻄﱠﺎِﺋ ﺮﺓﹸ ﺭ ﹾﻗ ﻢ
133
ﺴﺒ ِﺔ ِﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻋِﻲ. ﺠ ﺮ ِﺓ ﺑِﺎﻟِّﻨ
ﺸ ﺐ ﺟ ﺰﺀًﺍ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺍﻟ -ﻳ ﻐ ِﻄّﻲ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜ ﹾﻠ
ﺴﺒ ِﺔ ِﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺳﺎﻣِﻲ. ﺠ ﺮ ِﺓ ﺑِﺎﻟِّﻨ
ﺸﺐ ﻛﹶﺄ ِﻣ ﹶﻞ ﺍﻟ -ﻳ ﻐ ِﻄّﻲ ﺍﻟﹾ ﹶﻜ ﹾﻠ
ﺴﺒ ِﺔ ِﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻋِﻲ. ﻑ ﺭ ﹾﻗ ﻢ ) (1ﺑِﺎﻟِّﻨ ﺨﺮﻭ ﺐ ﺍﹾﻟ -ﻳ ﻐ ِﻄّﻲ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜ ﹾﻠ
ﺴﺒ ِﺔ ِﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺳﺎﻣِﻲ. ﺐ ﺑِﺎﻟِّﻨ ﻑ ﺭ ﹾﻗ ﻢ ) (2ﺟ ﺰﺀًﺍ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜ ﹾﻠ ِ ﺨﺮﻭ -ﻳ ﻐ ِﻄّﻲ ﺍﹾﻟ
ﺴﺒ ِﺔ ِﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺳﺎﻣِﻲ.
ﺠﺒ ِﻞ ﺑِﺎﻟِّﻨ
ﻑ ﺭ ﹾﻗ ﻢ ) (1ﻭ ﺟ ﺰﺀًﺍ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ ﺨﺮﻭ -ﻳ ﻐ ِﻄّﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻋِﻲ ﺍﹾﻟ
ﺴﺒ ِﺔ ِﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻋِﻲ. ﺠﺒ ِﻞ ﺑِﺎﻟِّﻨ
ﻑ ﺭ ﹾﻗ ﻢ ) (1ﺟ ﺰﺀًﺍ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ ﺨﺮﻭ -ﻳ ﻐ ِﻄّﻲ ﺍﹾﻟ
ﺴﺒ ِﺔ ِﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻋِﻲ. ﺠﺒ ِﻞ ﺑِﺎﻟِّﻨ ﺠ ﺮ ﹸﺓ ﺭ ﹾﻗ ﻢ ) (2ﺟ ﺰﺀًﺍ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ
ﺸ -ﺗ ﻐ ِﻄّﻲ ﺍﻟ
ﺴﺒ ِﺔ ِﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺳﺎﻣِﻲ. ﺠﺒ ِﻞ ﺑِﺎﻟِّﻨ
ﻑ ﺭ ﹾﻗ ﻢ ) (2ﻛﹶﺎ ِﻣ ﹶﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ ﺨﺮﻭ -ﻳ ﻐ ِﻄّﻲ ﺍﹾﻟ
ﻑ ﺭﹶﻗ ِﻢ ).(2 ﺨﺮﻭ ِ ﺴﺒ ِﺔ ِﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ ﺠ ﺮ ﹶﺓ ﺭ ﹾﻗ ﻢ ) (1ﺑِﺎﻟِّﻨ
ﺸ -ﻳ ﻐ ِﻄّﻲ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻋِﻲ ﺍﻟ
134
ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ
ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﹼﺎﻧﻴﺔ
ﲤﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻤﻴﺔ
ﺍﶈﻮﺭ :ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻔﻀﺎ ُﺀ
ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻤ ﺘ ﺮ -ﺍﻟ ِﻠّ ﺘ ﺮ
ﺲ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻤﻨﺎ ِﺳﺒ ِﺔ.
ﻂ ِﺑ ِﻮ ﺣ ﺪ ِﺓ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻘ ﻴ ِ
1ﹶﺃ ﺭﺑ ﹸ
ﺖ
• ﺍﻟ ﺰﻳ
ﺵ
• ﺍﹾﻟ ﹸﻘﻤﺎ
ﺐ
ﺤِﻠﻴ • ﺍﹾﻟ ﺲ ﺑِﺎِﻟ ِﻤﺘ ِﺮ •
ﹶﺃﻗِﻴ
ﻂ
• ﺍﻟﻨ ﹾﻔ ﹶ
ﺴﺒﻮ ﺭ ﹶﺓ • ﺍﻟ
ﺏ
• ﺍﹾﻟﺒﺎ
• ﺍﹾﻟِﺒﻨﺰِﻳ ﻦ
• ﺳﺎ ﺣ ﹶﺔ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻤ ﺪ ﺭ ﺳ ِﺔ
ﺐ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹸﻜ ﺮ ِﺓ • ﻣ ﹾﻠ ﻌ
• ﺍﹾﻟﻤﺎ َﺀ ﺲ ﺑِﺎِﻟ ِﻤﺘ ِﺮ •
ﹶﺃﻗِﻴ
• ﺍﹾﻟ ﻬﻮﺍ َﺀ
• ﺍﻟﱠﻠﺒ ﻦ
ﺴ ﱠﻜ ﺮ • ﺍﻟ
ﺢ.
ﺏ ﺍﻟﺼﺤِﻴ ِ
ﺠﻮﺍ ِ
ﻼ ﻣ ﹶﺔ )×( ﹶﺃﻣﺎ ﻡ ﺍﹾﻟ
ﺿ ﻊ ﻋ ﹶ
2ﹶﺃ
ﺴﺒﻮ ﺭ ﹸﺓ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻃ ﻮ ﹸﻝ ِﻣ ﻦ ﹶﻟ ﻮ ﺣﺘِﻲ. ﺍﻟ -
ﺴﻴﺎ ﺭ ﹸﺓ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻃ ﻮ ﹸﻝ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻘﻄﹶﺎ ِﺭ.
ﺍﻟ -
ﺼ ﺮ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻘ ﺰ ِﻡ.
ﻕ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻗ
ﻼ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻌ ﻤ ﹶ -
ﺴ ِﻢ.
ﺴ ِﻢ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻃ ﻮ ﹸﻝ ِﻣ ﻦ ﻧﺎِﻓ ﹶﺬ ِﺓ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻘ ﺏ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻘ
ﺑﺎ -
135
ﺠ ﺮ ِﺓ ﺍﻟ ﺰﻳﺘﻮ ِﻥ.
ﺨﹶﻠ ﹸﺔ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻃ ﻮ ﹸﻝ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺷ -ﺍﻟﻨ
ﺼ ﹸﻞ ﺑﻴ ﻦ ﻗﹶﺎ ﻋ ِﺔ
ﺱ ﻭﺳﺎ ﺣ ِﺔ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻌﹶﻠ ِﻢ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻃﻮ ﹸﻝ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻤﺴﺎﹶﻓ ِﺔ ﺍﱠﻟﺘِﻲ ﺗ ﹾﻔ ِ -ﺍﹾﻟ ﻤﺴﺎﹶﻓ ﹸﺔ ﺍﱠﻟﺘِﻲ ﺗ ﹾﻔﺼِ ﹸﻞ ﺑﻴ ﻦ ﻗﹶﺎ ﻋ ِﺔ ﺍﻟ ﺪ ﺭ ِ
ﺱ ﻭ ﻣﻨ ِﺰﻟِﻲ.ﺍﻟ ﺪ ﺭ ِ
ﺸِﺒ ِّﻲ.
ﺨ
ﻱ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻃ ﻮ ﹸﻝ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻤﺘ ِﺮ ﺍﹾﻟ
ﺤﺪِﻳ ِﺪ -ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﹾﻟ
ﺼ ﻬﺮِﻳ ِﺞ. ﺳ ﻌ ﹸﺔ ﺍﹾﻟِﺒ ﺮﻣِﻴ ِﻞ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻛﺒ ﺮ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺳ ﻌ ِﺔ ﺍﻟ ِّ -
ﺴ ﹾﻄ ِﻞ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻛﺒ ﺮ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺳ ﻌ ِﺔ ﺯﺟﺎ ﺟ ِﺔ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻌ ﹾﻄ ِﺮ. ﺳ ﻌ ﹸﺔ ﺍﻟ -
ﺱ.
ﺖ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻛﺒ ﺮ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺳ ﻌ ِﺔ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜ ﹾﺄ ِﺳ ﻌ ﹸﺔ ﻗﹶﺎﺭﻭ ﺭ ِﺓ ﺍﻟ ﺰﻳ ِ -
ﻱ(.
ﺳ ﻌ ﹸﺔ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻘ ﺪ ِﺭ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻛﺒ ﺮ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺳ ﻌ ِﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍ ِﺩ).ﺁِﻧﻴ ِﺔ ﹶﻃﺒ ِﺦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎ ِ -
ﺻ ﻐ ﺮ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺳ ﻌ ِﺔ ﺍﹾﻟﻘﹶﺎﺭﻭ ﺭ ِﺓ.ﺳ ﻌ ﹸﺔ ﺟ ﺮ ِﺓ ﺍﹾﻟﻤﺎ ِﺀ ﹶﺃ -
136
ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ
ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﹼﺎﻧﻴﺔ
ﲤﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻤﻴﺔ
ﺍﻟﺰ ﻣ ﻦ
ﺴ ِﻞ ﺍﻟﺰ ﻣﻨِﻲ.
ﺴ ﹾﻠ
ﺐ ﺍﻟﺘ
ﺴ
ﺐ ﻣﺮﺍﺣِ ﹶﻞ ﻧ ﻤ ِﻮّ ﺍ ِﻹﻧﺴﺎ ِﻥ ﺣ
1ﹸﺃ ﺭِﺗّ
ﺏ
ﺷﺎ ِﻃ ﹾﻔ ﹲﻞ ﺷﻴ ﺦ ﺭﺿِﻴ ﻊ ﹶﻛ ﻬ ٌﹲﻞ
. .
137
ﻀّﻴِ ﺔ – ﺍﹾﻟﺒ ﺮﻧ ِﺰﻳِ ﺔ(
ﺕ )ﺍﻟﺬﱠ ﻫِﺒﻴِ ﺔ – ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻔ ِ
ﻉ ﺍﹾﻟﻤِﻴﺪﺍِﻟﻴﺎ ِ
ﺸ ﻬ ﺪ ﻭﹸﺃ ﻭ ِﺯّ
• 3ﹶﺃﺗﹶﺄﻣ ﹸﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻤ
ﺳﺎ ِﻣﻴﺔ
ﺡ
ﺳﻤﺎ
ﺼﺤﻮﺑ ﹲﺔ
ﻁ .ﹸﺛ ﻢ ﻋﺎ ﺩ ِﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻤﻨ ِﺰ ِﻝ ﻭﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﱠﺮِﻳ ِﻖ ﻓﹶﺎ ﺟﹶﺄﺗ ﻪ ﺭِﻳ ﺢ ﹶﻗ ِﻮﻳ ﹲﺔ ﻣ
ﺼﺒﺎ ِﺣﻴ ِﺔ ِﺑﻨﺸﺎ ٍ
ﺱ ﺍﻟ
ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟ ﺪﺭﻭ ِ
138
ﻜﺮ ﺭ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ ﻳ ﻮ ٍﻡ.
ﺙ ﻳﺘ ﹶ
ﺡ ﺣ ﺪ ﹲ
5ﹶﻓﻄﹸﻮ ﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎ ِ
ﹶﺃ ﹸﺫ ﹸﻛ ﺮ
ﺸ ﻬ ِﺮ ......................... :
ﺼ ﹶﻔ ٍﺔ ﺩ ﻭ ِﺭﻳ ٍﺔ ﻣ ﺮ ﹰﺓ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟ
-ﺣ ﺪﺛﹰﺎ ﻳﺘ ﹶﻜ ﺮ ﺭ ِﺑ ِ
ﺴﻨ ِﺔ .......................... :
ﺼ ﹶﻔ ٍﺔ ﺩ ﻭ ِﺭﻳ ٍﺔ ﻣ ﺮ ﹰﺓ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟ
-ﺣ ﺪﺛﹰﺎ ﻳﺘ ﹶﻜ ﺮ ﺭ ِﺑ ِ
ﻉ .......................... :
ﺼ ﹶﻔ ٍﺔ ﺩ ﻭ ِﺭﻳ ٍﺔ ﻣ ﺮ ﹰﺓ ﻓِﻲ ﺍ ُﻷ ﺳﺒﻮ ِ
-ﺣ ﺪﺛﹰﺎ ﻳﺘ ﹶﻜ ﺮ ﺭ ِﺑ ِ
139
ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﹼﺎﻧﻴﺔ
ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ
ﲤﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻤﻴﺔ
ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ
ﺡ.
1ﹶﺃﺗﹶﺄﻣ ﹸﻞ ﺻﻮ ﺭ ﹶﺓ ﺳﺎ ِﻣﻴ ﹶﺔ ﻭ ِﻫ ﻲ ﺗﺘﻨﺎ ﻭ ﹸﻝ ﹶﻓﻄﹸﻮ ﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﺎ ِ
ﺝ
ﺤ ﹶﻔ ﹲﺔ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺯﺟﺎ ٍ
ﺻ
ﺯﺑ ﺪ ﹲﺓ
ﻗﹶﺎﺭﻭ ﺭ ﹸﺓ
ﺗﻔﱠﺎ ﺣ ﹲﺔ ﻼ ﺳﺘِﻴﻚ ﺑ ﹶ
ﺧﺒ ﺰ ﺱ
ﹶﻛ ﹾﺄ
ﺷ ﻮ ﹶﻛ ﹲﺔ
ﲔ
ِﺳ ِّﻜ
........................................ ........................................
........................................ ........................................
........................................ ........................................
140
ﻂ ﹸﻛﻞﱠ ﺻﻮ ﺭ ٍﺓ ﺑِﺎﻟﻼﱠ ِﻓﺘ ِﺔ ﺍِﻟ ﻤﻨﺎ ِﺳﺒ ِﺔ.
3ﹶﺃ ﺭﺑ ﹸ
•
•
ﺡ
ِﻣ ﹾﻔﺘﺎ
ِﻣ ﹾﻄ ﺮﹶﻗ ﹲﺔ • ﺤﻮِﻳ ِﻪ
ﻳ ﹾﺄ ﺧ ﹸﺬ ﺷ ﹾﻜ ﹶﻞ ﺍ ِﻹﻧﺎ ِﺀ ﺍﱠﻟﺬِﻱ ﻳ •
ﺼ ﲑ
ﻋ ِ •
• ﺐ
ﺣﻠِﻴ
ﻫﻮﺍ ٌﺀ
ﺨ ﹶﻄﹶﺄ.
ﺢ ﺍﹾﻟ
ﺻ ِﻠ
4ﹶﺃ ﹾﻗ ﺮﹸﺃ ﻭﹸﺃ
ﺱ.
ﻼ ِﻝ ﺷ ﹾﻜ ﹶﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜ ﹾﺄ ِ
ﺼ ﲑ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻐ ﹶ
-ﻳ ﹾﺄ ﺧ ﹸﺬ ﻋ ِ
...................................................
ﺤ ِﻦ.
ﺼ -ﻳ ﹾﺄ ﺧ ﹸﺬ ﺍﹾﻟﺒ ﺮﺗﻘﹶﺎ ﹸﻝ ﺷ ﹾﻜ ﹶﻞ ﺍﻟ
...................................................
-ﹶﻻ ﻳ ﹾﺄ ﺧ ﹸﺬ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻬ ﻮﺍ ُﺀ ﺷ ﹾﻜ ﹶﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﱠﺎ ﺧ ِﺔ.
...................................................
141
ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﹼﺎﻧﻴﺔ
ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ
ﲤﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻤﻴﺔ
ﺍﻟ ﹸﻘﻮ ﹸﺓ
ﺳﺒ ِﺔ.
ﺠ ﻤ ﹶﻠ ِﺔ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻤﻨﺎ ِ
ﺖ ﹸﻛ ِﻞّ ﺻﻮ ﺭ ٍﺓ ﺭ ﹾﻗ ﻢ ﺍﹾﻟ
ﺤ
ﺐ ﺗ
1ﹶﺃ ﹾﻛﺘ
ﺽ ِﻋﻨ ﺪ ﺗ ﺮ ِﻛ ِﻪ.ﻂ ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺍ َﻷ ﺭ ِ ﺴ ﹸﻘ ﹸ
ﺴ ﻢ ﻳ ﺠ ﺍﹾﻟ ِ 1
ﺤ ِّﺮﻛﹰﺎ.
ﺴﻤﺎ ﻣﺘ ﻒ ِﺟ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹸﻘ ﻮ ﹸﺓ ﺗﻮِﻗ 2
ﺴ ٍﻢ.ﺍﹾﻟ ﹸﻘ ﻮ ﹸﺓ ﺗ ﻐِّﻴ ﺮ ِﺍِّﺗﺠﺎ ﻩ ﺣ ﺮ ﹶﻛ ِﺔ ِﺟ 3
ﺴﻤﺎ ﺳﺎ ِﻛﻨﺎ. ﺤ ِّﺮ ﻙ ِﺟ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹸﻘ ﻮ ﹸﺓ ﺗ 4
ﺴ ِﻢ.
ﺠ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹸﻘ ﻮ ﹸﺓ ﺗ ﻐِّﻴ ﺮ ﺷ ﹾﻜ ﹶﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ ِ 5
•
• •
142
ﻉ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹸﻘﻮِ ﺓ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺎ ِﺳﺒﻬﺎ.
ﺴ ﻬ ٍﻢ ﺑ ﻴ ﻦ ﻧ ﻮ ِ
ﻂ ِﺑ
2ﹶﺃ ﺭﺑ ﹸ
•
ﻀِﻠﻴ ﹲﺔ •
ﹸﻗ ﻮ ﹲﺓ ﻋ
•
•
ﺴﻴ ﹲﺔ •
ﹸﻗ ﻮ ﹲﺓ ِﻣ ﻐﻨﺎﻃِﻴ ِ
•
3ﹶﺃﺗﹶﺄﻣ ﹸﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻤﺸﺎ ِﻫ ﺪ ﻭﹸﺃﹶﻟ ِﻮّ ﹸﻥ ﺍ َﻷ ﺟﺴﺎ ﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎ ِﻗ ﹶﻄ ﹶﺔ.
143
ﺨ ﹶﻄﹶﺄ.
ﺐ ﺍﹾﻟ
4ﹶﺃ ﺷ ﹸﻄ
ﻀِﻠﻴ ﹰﺔ.
ﻂ ﹸﻗ ﻮ ﹰﺓ ﻋ ِﻋﻨ ﺪﻣﺎ ﹶﺃ ﺭﹶﻓ ﻊ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻌﹶﻠ ﻢ ﹸﺃ ﺳِّﻠ ﹸ -
ﺤﺪِﻳ ِﺪ ﹶﻓﻴ ﻐِّﻴ ﺮ ﺷ ﹾﻜﹶﻠ ﻪ.ﺴﻴ ﹰﺔ ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ ﺤﺪﺍ ﺩ ﹸﻗ ﻮ ﹰﺓ ِﻣ ﻐﻨﺎﻃِﻴ ِ ﻂ ﺍﹾﻟ ﺴِّﻠ ﹸ
ﻳ -
ﺏ ﻣﺴﺎ ِﻣ ﲑ ﺣﺪِﻳ ِﺪﻳ ٍﺔ. ﺠ ﹾﺬ ِ ﺲ ِﻟ ﹶﺃ ﺳﺘ ﻌ ِﻤ ﹸﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻤ ﻐﻨﺎﻃِﻴ -
ﻀِﻠﻴ ٍﺔ.
ﺴﺒﺎ ﺣ ِﺔ ﹶﺃ ﺩﹶﻓ ﻊ ﺍﹾﻟﻤﺎ َﺀ ﺑ ﹸﻘ ﻮ ٍﺓ ﻋ ِﻋﻨ ﺪ ﺍﻟ ِّ -
ﺠ ِﺬﺑﻬﺎ.ﻼ ﻳ
ﻕ ﹶﻓ ﹶ ﺸ ﻌﺮِﻱ ﻭﹸﺃﹶﻗ ِّﺮﺑ ﻪ ِﻣ ﻦ ِﻗ ﹶﻄ ِﻊ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻮ ﺭ ِ ﻂ ِﺑ ﺸﹶ ﻚ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻤ ﹶﺃ ﺩﹸﻟ -
144
ﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﺀ
ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﹼﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻂ ﺍﻟﹾﺒِﻴِﺌﻲ
ﺍﶈﻮﺭ :ﺍﹾﻟ ﻮ ﺳ ﹸ
ﲤﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻤﻴﺔ
1ﹸﺃ ﺳ ِﻤّﻲ 3 :ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎ ٍ
ﺕ ﹶﺃﻟِﻴ ﹶﻔ ٍﺔ ﻋﺎ ِﺷﺒ ٍﺔ ﺗﺘﻨ ﱠﻘ ﹸﻞ ﺑﺮﺍ.
ﺕ ﺑ ِﺮﻳ ٍﺔ ﹶﻻ ِﺣ ﻤ ٍﺔ ﺗﺘﻨ ﱠﻘ ﹸﻞ ﺑﺮﺍ.
• ﹸﺃ ﺳ ِﻤّﻲ 3ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎ ٍ
ﺠ ِّﻮ.
ﺕ ﺑ ِﺮﻳ ٍﺔ ﹶﻻ ِﺣ ﻤ ٍﺔ ﺗﺘﻨ ﱠﻘ ﹸﻞ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﹾﻟ • ﹸﺃ ﺳ ِﻤّﻲ 3ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎ ٍ
ﺕ ﺑ ِﺮﻳ ٍﺔ ﹶﻻ ِﺣ ﻤ ٍﺔ ﺗﺘﻨ ﱠﻘ ﹸﻞ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﹾﻟﻤﺎ ِﺀ. • ﹸﺃ ﺳ ِﻤّﻲ 3ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎ ٍ
ﺱ.• ﹸﺃ ﺳ ِﻤّﻲ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎ ﹶﺃﻟِﻴﻔﹰﺎ ﻳﻨ ﹶﻔ ﻌﻨِﻲ ﺑِﺎﹾﻟ ِﻐﺬﹶﺍ ِﺀ ﻭﺍﻟِّﻠﺒﺎ ِ
ﺐ ﹶﺃﻣﺎ ﻡ ﹸﻛ ِﻞّ ﻣ ﻌﻠﹸﻮ ﻣ ٍﺔ " :ﻧ ﻌ ﻢ" ﹶﺃ ﻭ " ﹶﻻ" ﻭﹸﺃ ﻋ ِﻠّ ﹸﻞ ِﺇﺟﺎﺑﺘِﻲ.
2ﹶﺃ ﹾﻛﺘ
ﺐ. ﻱ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜ ﹾﻠ -ﹶﻻ ﻳﹶﻠ ﱠﻘ ﺢ ﺍﹾﻟﺒﻴ ﹶﻄ ِﺮ
ﺼ ﻪ.
ﺤ ﺝ ﻭﻳ ﹾﻔ ﻱ ﺍﻟ ﺪﺟﺎ ﺐ ﺍﹾﻟﺒﻴ ﹶﻄ ِﺮ
-ﻳﺮﺍِﻗ
ﺏ. ﻼ ِ ﻂ ﻭﺍﹾﻟ ِﻜ ﹶ ﺴ ﺢ ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺷ ﻌ ِﺮ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻘ ﹶﻄ ِ -ﹶﺃ ﻣ
ﺐ ﹶﺃ ﺣﺸﺎ َﺀ ﹶﻏﻴ ﺮ ﻣ ﹾﻄﺒﻮ ﺧ ٍﺔ. -ﹸﺃ ﻋﻄِﻲ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜ ﹾﻠ
ﺐ ِﺇ ﱠﻻ ﺑ ﻌ ﺪ ﺗ ﻐِﻠﻴِﺘ ِﻪ.
ﺤﻠِﻴ ﺏ ﺍﹾﻟ -ﹶﻻ ﹶﺃ ﺷ ﺮ
ﺤ ﹾﻘ ِﻞ ﹶﺃ ﻭ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﹾﻟﻐﺎﺑ ِﺔ. -ﹶﺃ ﻣﺸِﻲ ﺣﺎِﻓﻴﺎ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﹾﻟ
ﺻِﻨّ ﹸﻔﻬﺎ ِﺇﻟﹶﻰ :
ﺕ ﻭﹸﺃ
ﺻ ﻮ ﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﺎﺗﺎ ِ
3ﹶﺃﺗﹶﺄﻣ ﹸﻞ
ﺕ ﻳ ﺰ ﺭ ﻋﻬﺎ ﹶﺃ ﻭ ﻳ ﻐ ِﺮ ﺳﻬﺎ ﺍ ِﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﹸﻥ. -ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎ ٍ
ﺕ ِﺗ ﹾﻠﻘﹶﺎِﺋﻴ ٍﺔ.
-ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎ ٍ
ﺻﻨ ﻮﺑ ﺮ
ﺻﺒﺎ ﺭ
ﺯﻳﺘﻮ ﹲﻥ ِﻓ ﹾﻄ ﺮ
ﺕ ﻳ ﺰ ﺭ ﻋﻬﺎ ﹶﺃ ﻭﻳ ﻐ ِﺮ ﺳﻬﺎ ﺍ ِﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﹸﻥ
ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎ
...................................................
...................................................
ﺤﻮﺍ ﹲﻥ
ﹸﺃ ﹾﻗ ﺐ
ِﻋﻨ ﹶﻗ ﻤ ﺢ ﺖ
ِﻟ ﹾﻔ
ﺕ ِﺗ ﹾﻠﻘﹶﺎﺋﻴ ﹲﺔ
ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎ
...................................................
...................................................
145
ﹶﻓﺮﺍ ِﻭﹶﻟ ﹲﺔ ﹸﻓ ﱞﻞ ﻭ ﺭ ﺩ ﺷﻘﹶﺎﺋِﻖ ﻑ
ﺧ ﺮﺷﻮ
ﺍﻟﻨ ﻌﻤﺎ ِﻥ
146
ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﹼﺎﻧﻴﺔ
ﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﺀ
ﺴ ﻢ ﺍ ِﻹﻧﺴﺎ ِﻥ
ﺍﶈﻮﺭ ِ :ﺟ
ﲤﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻤﻴﺔ
ﺴ ِﻢ.
ﺠ
ﻍ ِﺑ ِﺬ ﹾﻛ ِﺮ ﹶﺃ ﻋﻀﺎ َﺀ ﺍﹾﻟ ِ
1ﹸﺃ ﻋ ِﻤّ ﺮ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻔﺮﺍ ﹶ
.........................
.........................
..............................
ﺐ.
ﻀ ِﻮ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻤﻨﺎ ِﺳ ِ
ﺼ ﹶﻞ ﺑِﺎﹾﻟ ﻌ
ﻂ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻤ ﹾﻔ ِ
2ﹶﺃ ﺭﺑ ﹸ
ﺱ
• ﺍﻟ ﺮﹾﺃ ﺼ ﹸﻞ ﺍﻟ ﺮﹶﻗﺒ ِﺔ • -ﻣ ﹾﻔ ِ
ﺼ ﹸﻞ ﺍﻟ ﺮ ﹾﻛﺒ ِﺔ • -ﻣ ﹾﻔ ِ
ﺼ ﹸﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻤ ﺮﹶﻓ ِﻖ •
-ﻣ ﹾﻔ ِ
ﺍﹾﻟﻴ ﺪ
• ﺼ ِﻢ •
ﺼ ﹸﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻤ ﻌ -ﻣ ﹾﻔ ِ
ﺼ ﹸﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻘ ﺪ ِﻡ • -ﻣ ﹾﻔ ِ
ﻕ
• ﺍﻟﺴﺎ
ﺴ ِﻢ ﺍ ِﻹﻧﺴﺎ ِﻥ :
ﺠ
ﻀﺮِ ﺑ ِ
ﻒ ﺍﻟﱠﺘِﻲ ﺗ ِ
ﺐ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻤﻮﺍ ِﻗ
3ﹶﺃ ﺷ ﹸﻄ
ﺿ ﹶﺔ.
ﺱ ﺍﻟ ِّﺮﻳﺎ
-ﹸﺃﻣﺎ ِﺭ
ﺏ. ﻒ ﹸﺃ ﹸﺫِﻧ ﻲ ِﺑﻌﻮ ِﺩ ِﺛﻘﹶﺎ ٍ -ﹸﺃﻧ ِّﻈ
ﻼ ﻙ ﺍِﻟ ﹶﻜ ﻬ ﺮﺑﺎِﺋﻴ ﹶﺔ ﺍﹾﻟﻌﺎ ِﺭﻳ ﹶﺔ. ﺲ ﺍ َﻷ ﺳ ﹶ -ﹶﺃﹾﻟ ﻤ
ﺏ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻌﻨِﻴ ﹶﻔ ﹶﺔ.
ﺐ ﺍ َﻷﹾﻟﻌﺎ ﺠﻨ -ﹶﺃﺗ
ﺼ ﹾﻠﺒ ﹶﺔ ِﺑﹶﺄ ﺳﻨﺎﻧِﻲ. ﺴ ﺮ ﺍ َﻷ ﺟﺴﺎ ﻡ ﺍﻟ -ﹸﺃ ﹶﻛ
ﻼ ﻣِﺘ ِﻪ.
ﺴﻤِﻲ ﻭ ﺳ ﹶ ﻆ ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﻧﻈﹶﺎﹶﻓ ِﺔ ِﺟ -ﹸﺃﺣﺎِﻓ ﹸ
147
ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﹼﺎﻧﻴﺔ
ﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﺀ
ﺍﶈﻮﺭ :ﺍﻟﺘ ﻐ ِﺬﻳ ﹸﺔ
ﲤﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻤﻴﺔ
ﺕ.
ﺐ ﺍﻟﻼﱠ ِﻓﺘﺎ ِ
ﺴ
ﺕ ﺟ ﺰِﺋﻴٍ ﺔ ﺣ
ﺠﻤﻮﻋﺎ ٍ
ﺻِﻨّﻔﹸﻬﺎ ِﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﻣ
1ﻫ ِﺬ ِﻩ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻏ ِﺬﻳ ﹲﺔ ﻣﺘﻨ ِﻮّ ﻋ ﹲﺔ ﹸﺃ
ﺤ ﻢ –
ﻼ ﹲﻝ – ﹶﻟ
ﺴ ﹲﻞ – ِﻏ ﹶ ﺐ – ﺷ ﺮﺑ ﹲﺔ – ﺯﺑ ﺪ ﹲﺓ – ﻋ
ﻼﺑِﻲ -ﻋﺼِﻴ ﺪ ﹲﺓ – ﺧﺒ ﺰ – ﺣﻠِﻴ ﹶﻟﺒ ﹶ
ﻚ– ﻼ ﹶﻃ ﹲﺔ – ﺑ ﺮ ﹸﻏ ﹲﻞ – ﻣ ﹾﻘﺮﻭﻧ ﹲﺔ – ﺳ ﻤ
ﺕ – ﺷ ﹾﻜ ﹶ
ﺴ ﹲﺔ – ﹶﺃ ﺭ ﺯ – ﻳﺎ ﹸﻏ ﺮ
ﻣﻠﹸﻮ ِﺧﻴ ﹲﺔ – ﺑﺴِﻴ
ﺾ – ﺳ ﹾﻠ ﹶﻄ ﹲﺔ.
ﻉ" – ﺑﻴ
ﺲ – ﻣﺎ ٌﺀ – " ﺩ ﺭ ﺴ ﹸﻜ ﺕ – ﹸﻛ ﻣ ﺮ ﱠﻃﺒﺎ
ﺠ ﹲﺔ
ﹸﻟ ﻤ ﺠ ﹲﺔ
ﹸﻟ ﻤ
148
ﻂ ِﺑ ِﻪ ِﻏﺬﹶﺍ َﺀ ﻩ.
ﻀ ِﻮ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﻳ ﹾﻠﺘ ِﻘ ﹸ
ﻂ ﺻﻮ ﺭ ﹶﺓ ﺍﹾﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍ ِﻥ ﺑِﺎﹾﻟ ﻌ
3ﹶﺃ ﺭﺑ ﹸ
• •
• •
ﺨ ﺮﻃﹸﻮ ﻡ
ﺍﹾﻟ
• •
• •
149
ﻼ ﻣ ﹶﺔ )×( ﹶﺃﻣﺎ ﻡ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻤ ﻌﻠﹸﻮ ﻣ ِﺔ ﺍﹾﻟﺨﺎ ِﻃﹶﺌ ِﺔ.
ﺿ ﻊ ﻋ ﹶ
4ﹶﺃ
•ﺸ ﻮ ِﻛﻴ ِﺔ ﹶﻓﻴ ﹾﻠﺘ ِﻘ ﹸﻄﻬﺎ ﺑﹶﺄ ﺳﻨﺎِﻧ ِﻪ.
ﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺠ ﻤ ﹸﻞ ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﺎﺗﺎ ِ ﻳﺘ ﻐﺬﱠﻯ ﺍﹾﻟ
• ﺗﺘ ﻐﺬﱠﻯ ﺍﹾﻟﺒﻮ ﻣ ﹸﺔ ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻔﹾﺌﺮﺍ ِﻥ ﹶﻓﺘ ﹾﻠﺘ ِﻘ ﹸﻄﻬﺎ ِﺑﹶﺄ ﺳﻨﺎِﻧﻬﺎ.
• ﺠ ﺰ ﺭ ِﺑﹶﺄ ﺳﻨﺎِﻧ ِﻪ.
ﺐ ﺍﹾﻟ
ﻂ ﺍ َﻷ ﺭﻧ ﻳ ﹾﻠﺘ ِﻘ ﹸ
• ﻁ ِﻏﺬﹶﺍِﺋ ِﻪ. ﺴ ﺮ ِﻣﻨﻘﹶﺎ ﺭ ﻩ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﹾﻟِﺘﻘﹶﺎ ِ ﺴﺘ ﻌ ِﻤ ﹸﻞ ﺍﻟِّﻨ
ﻳ
• ﻀ ﹾﻔ ﺪ ﻋ ﹸﺔ ِﻏﺬﹶﺍ َﺀﻫﺎ ِﺑﹶﺄ ﺳﻨﺎِﻧﻬﺎ.
ﻂ ﺍﻟ ِّ ﺗ ﹾﻠﺘ ِﻘ ﹸ
ﺤ ﹰﺔ.
ﺻﺤِﻴ
ﺨ ﹶﻄﹶﺄ ِﺑِﺈﻋﺎ ﺩ ِﺓ ِﻛﺘﺎﺑ ِﺔ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻤ ﻌﻠﹸﻮ ﻣ ِﺔ ﺍﹾﻟﺨﺎ ِﻃﹶﺌ ِﺔ
ﺻِﻠ ﺢ ﺍﹾﻟ
-ﹸﺃ
.............................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................
.............................................................................................................
150
ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﹼﺎﻧﻴﺔ
ﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﺀ
ﺍﶈﻮﺭ :ﺍﻟﺘﻨ ﱡﻘ ﹸﻞ
ﺸ ﻲ – ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻘ ﹾﻔ ﺰ – ﺍﹾﻟ ﻌ ﺪ ﻭ.
ﺴﺒﺎ ﺣ ﹸﺔ – ﺍﹾﻟ ﻤ
ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﻴﺮﺍ ﹸﻥ – ﺍﻟ ِّ
ﺕ.
ﺤﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎ ِ
ﻂ ﺗﻨ ﱡﻘ ِﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ
ﻼ ﻣ ﹶﺔ )×( ﻓِﻲ ﺍﹾﻟﺨﺎﻧ ِﺔ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻤﻨﺎ ِﺳﺒ ِﺔ ِﻟﻨ ﻤ ِ
ﺿ ﻊ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻌ ﹶ
1ﹶﺃ
151
ﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎِﻟﻴ ِﺔ :
ﺕ ِﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺎ ِﺳﺒﻬﺎ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜ ِﻠﻤﺎ ِ
2ﹸﺃ ﻋ ِﻤّ ﺮ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻔﺮﺍﻏﹶﺎ ِ
ﺨ ﹾﻠ ِﻔﻴﺘﻴ ِﻦ :
ﺤ ِﺔ – ﺍﹾﻟﻘﹶﺎِﺋ ﻤﺘﻴ ِﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻒ – ﺍﹾﻟﺒ ِّﺮ – ﺍ َﻷ ﺟِﻨ
ﺠ ِّﻮ – ﺍﻟ ﺰﻋﺎِﻧ ِ
ﺍﹾﻟﻤﺎ ِﺀ – ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻘﻮﺍِﺋ ِﻢ – ﺍﹾﻟ
................... ...................ﺑِﺎ ِﻻ ﻋِﺘﻤﺎ ِﺩ ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺴ ﻤ ﹶﻜ ﹸﺔ ﻓِﻲ
ﺴﺒ ﺢ ﺍﻟ -ﺗ
................... ...................ﺑِﺎ ِﻻ ﻋِﺘﻤﺎ ِﺩ ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺤﻤﺎ ﻣ ﹸﺔ ﻓِﻲ -ﺗ ِﻄ ﲑ ﺍﹾﻟ
ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ................... ﺤﺼﺎ ﹸﻥ ﻓِﻲ ...................ﺑِﺎ ِﻻ ﻋِﺘﻤﺎ ِﺩ -ﻳ ﻌﺪﻭ ﺍﹾﻟ ِ
................... ...................ﺑِﺎ ِﻻ ﻋِﺘﻤﺎ ِﺩ ﻋﻠﹶﻰ -ﻳ ﹾﻘ ِﻔ ﺰ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜﻨ ﻐ ﺮ ﻓِﻲ
................... ﻑ ﻓِﻲ ...................ﺑِﺎ ِﻻ ﻋِﺘﻤﺎ ِﺩ ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺨﺮﻭ -ﻳ ﻤﺸِﻲ ﺍﹾﻟ
ﻀ ِﺔ
ﹸﻟ ﻌﺒ ﹸﺔ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻐ ﻤﻴ
152
ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﹼﺎﻧﻴﺔ
ﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﺀ
ﺲ
ﺍﶈﻮﺭ :ﺍﻟﺘﻨ ﱡﻔ
ﲤﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﺗﻘﻴﻴﻤﻴﺔ
ﺲ ﻓِﻴ ِﻪ :
ﻂ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﻳﺘﻨﻔﱠ
ﺤﻴﻮﺍ ِﻥ ﻭﺍﹾﻟ ﻮ ﺳ ِ
ﻂ ﺑ ﻴ ﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ
1ﹶﺃ ﺭﺑ ﹸ
• ﻂ
• ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻘ ﱡ
• ﻁ
• ﺍ ُﻷ ﺧ ﹸﻄﺒﻮ ﹸ
• ﺡ
• ﺍﻟِّﺘ ﻤﺴﺎ
153
ﺲ.
ﺸ ﻬ ِﺪ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﺗﺘ ﻌﻄﱠ ﹸﻞ ﻓِﻴ ِﻪ ﻋ ﻤ ِﻠﻴ ﹸﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨ ﱡﻔ ِ
ﺖ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻤ
ﺤ
ﻼ ﻣ ﹶﺔ )×( ﺗ
ﺿ ﻊ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻌ ﹶ
ﹶﺃ
ﺲ.
ﻀﺮِ ﺑ ﻌ ﻤ ِﻠﻴِ ﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻨ ﱡﻔ ِ
ﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﹸﻮ ﻙ ﺍﻟﱠﺬِﻱ ﻳ ِ
3ﹶﺃ ﹾﻗ ﺮﹸﺃ ﻭﹶﺃ ﺷ ﹸﻄ
ﺸﺘ ِﻐ ﹲﻞ.
ﻂ ﹸﻏ ﺮﹶﻓ ٍﺔ ﻣ ﻐﹶﻠ ﹶﻘ ٍﺔ ِﺑﻬﺎ ﻛﹶﺎﻧﻮ ﹲﻥ ﻣ ﹶﺃﻧﺎ ﻡ ﻭ ﺳ ﹶ -
ﹶﺃﺗﻨ ﺰ ﻩ ﻓِﻲ ﺣﺪِﻳ ﹶﻘ ٍﺔ. -
ﺿ ﹶﺔ.ﹶﺃﺗﻌﺎﻃﹶﻰ ﺍﻟ ِّﺮﻳﺎ -
ﺏ ﺭ ﺟ ٍﻞ ﻳ ﺪ ِّﺧ ﻦ ﺲ ﹸﻗ ﺮ
ﹶﺃ ﺟِﻠ -
ﺤ ِﺮﹶﺃ ﺳﺒ ﺢ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﹾﻟﺒ -
ﺠ ﻮ ﹸﻝ ﻓِﻲ ِﻣﻨ ﹶﻄ ﹶﻘ ٍﺔ ِﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﺼﺎِﻧ ﻊ. ﹶﺃﺗ -
154
155
ﺟﻴ ﹲﺔ1
ﺿ ِﻌﻴ ﹲﺔ ِﺇ ِﺩﻣﺎ ِ
ﻭ
ﺴ ٍﻢ
ﲑ ﺍﻟﻈﱠﺎ ِﻫ ِﺮﻱَ ﻷﺑﻌﺎ ِﺩ ِﺟ
ﺍﻟﺘ ﻐِﻴ
ﺕ ﺑِﺎ ِﻹ ﻋِﺘﻤﺎ ِﺩ ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺘ ﻐ ِﻄﻴِ ﺔ
ﻣﻘﹶﺎ ﺭﻧ ﹸﺔ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻤﺴﺎﻓﹶﺎ ِ
ﻂ ﺍﹾﻟﺒِﻴِﺌﻲ
ﺍﹾﻟ ﻮ ﺳ ﹸ
ﺿ ِﻌﻴ ﹶﺔ
ﹶﺃ ﹾﻗ ﺮﹸﺃ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻮ
ﺕﻱ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺍﻟ ﺰﺭِﻳﺒﺔِ ﻭﹶﺃ ﺧ ﹶﺬ ﻳﺘ ﹶﻘ ﺪ ﻡ ﺑِﺎِّﺗﺠﺎ ِﻩ ﺍﹾﻟﻐﺎﺑ ِﺔ ﹶﻓﺘﺎ ﻩ .ﺭﺃﹶﻯ ﻧﺒﺎﺗﺎ ٍ ﺠ ﺪ ﺝ ﺍﹾﻟ * ﺧ ﺮ
ﺠﻤﻮ ﻋ ٍﺔ ِﻣ ﻦ ﻂ ﻣ ﺴ ﻪ ﻭ ﺳ ﹶ ﺠﹶﺄ ﹰﺓ ﻭ ﺟ ﺪ ﻧ ﹾﻔ ﺨﺘ ﹾﻠ ﹶﻔ ﹰﺔ ﻭﹶﻓ
ﻣﺘﻨ ِّﻮ ﻋ ﹰﺔ ﻭﹶﺃ ﺷﺠﺎﺭﺍ ﻣ
ﺸ ﻲ ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﻳﻤِﻴِﻨ ِﻪ ﹶﺃﻣﺎ
ﺤﻤﺎ ﺭ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻮ ﺣ ِﺐ ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﻳﺴﺎ ِﺭ ِﻩ ﻭﺫﹶﺍ ﻙ ﺍﹾﻟ ِ ﺤﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕِ ،ﹶﻓ ﻬﺬﹶﺍ ﺍﻟﱠﺜ ﻌﹶﻠ ﺍﹾﻟ
ﺚ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻔ ﻬ ﺪ ﹶﺃﻣﺎ ﻣ ﻪ.
ﻒ ﻭﺭﺍ َﺀ ﻩ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻣ ﹶﻜ ﹶ
ﺐ ﹶﻓ ﹶﻘ ﺪ ﻭﹶﻗ
ﺍﻟ ِّﺬﹾﺋ
156
ﻆ ﻭﹸﺃ ﻋِﺒّ ﺮ
ﹸﺃ ﹶﻻ ِﺣ ﹸ
ﺏ" – "ﹶﺃﺑ ﻌ ﺪ"
* ﹶﺃﺗﹶﺄ ﻣﻞﹸ ﺍﻟﺼﻮ ﺭ ﹶﺓ ﻭﹸﺃ ﹶﻛ ِّﻤ ﹸﻞ ﺷ ﹶﻔ ِﻮﻳﺎ ﹸﻛ ﱠﻞ ِﻋﺒﺎ ﺭ ٍﺓ ﺑِـ " :ﹶﺃ ﹾﻗ ﺮ
ﺠ ﺮ ﹸﺓ 3
ﺸﺍﻟ
ﺏ
ﺴﻨﺠﺎ
ﺍﻟ ِّ ﺠ ﺮ ﹸﺓ 2
ﺸﺍﻟ
ﺸ ﻲ
ﺤﻤﺎ ﺭ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻮ ﺣ ِ
ﺍﹾﻟ ِ 1 ﺠ ﺮ ﹸﺓ
ﺸﺍﻟ
ﺐ
ﺍﻟﱠﺜ ﻌﹶﻠ ﻱ
ﺠ ﺪ
ﺍﹾﻟ
ﺐ.ﻱ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺍﻟﱠﺜ ﻌﹶﻠ ِ ﺠ ﺪ ِ
ِﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ ﺐ
ﺍﻟ ِّﺬﹾﺋ
ﺠ ﺮ ِﺓ .3 ﺸ ﻱ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺍﻟ ﺠ ﺪ ِ
ﻋ ِﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ ﺠ ﺮ ﹸﺓ 2ﺸ ﺍﻟ
ﺸ ِّﻲ.
ﺤﻤﺎ ِﺭ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻮ ﺣ ِﻱ ﻋ ِﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ ِ ﺠ ﺪ ِ
ِﻣ ﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻔ ﻬ ﺪ
ﺐ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻔ ﻬ ِﺪ.ﻋ ِﻦ ﺍﻟ ِّﺬﹾﺋ ِ ﺠ ﺮ ﹸﺓ 2ﺸ ﺍﻟ
157
ﺿ ِﻌﻴِ ﺔ:
ﺻ ﹸﻞ ِﻗﺮﺍ َﺀ ﹶﺓ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻮ
ﹸﺃﻭﺍ ِ
ﺐ
ﻑ ﻓِﻲ ﺣِﻴﹶﻠ ٍﺔ ﻳﻨﺠﻮ ِﺑﻬﺎ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺍﻟﱠﺜ ﻌﹶﻠ ِ ﺨ ﻮ ِ ﺶ ِﻣﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻱ ﻭ ﻫ ﻮ ﻳ ﺮﺗ ِﻌ
ﺠ ﺪ * ﹶﻓ ﱠﻜ ﺮ ﺍﹾﻟ
ﺴﺘ ﻌ ِﻄ ﹸﻔ ﻪ ﻭ ﻫ ﻮ
ﺸ ِّﻲ ﻭﹶﺃ ﺧ ﹶﺬ ﻳ
ﺤ ﻤﺎ ِﺭ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻮ ﺣ ِ
ﺤ ﻮ ﺍِﻟ ِ
ﺐ ﻭﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻔ ﻬ ِﺪ ﻓﹶﺎﻧ ﹶﻄﹶﻠ ﻖ ﻧ
ﻭﺍﻟ ِّﺬﹾﺋ ِ
ﺨﺘﻔِﻲ ِﺑﺠﺎِﻧِﺒ ِﻪ »ﹶﺃﻧ ِﻘ ﹾﺬﻧِﻲ ،ﹶﺃﻧ ِﻘ ﹾﺬﻧِﻲ «.... ﻳ
ﺨﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﹸﻛﺮﺍﺳِﻲ ﺑِـ :ﻳ ﻐ ِﻄّﻲ / ﺴِ ﺠ ﻤ ﹶﻞ ﺑ ﻌ ﺪ ﻧ
ﺸ ﻬ ﺪ ﻭﹸﺃﻛﹾ ِﻤ ﹸﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ * ﹶﺃﺗﹶﺄ ﻣ ﹸﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻤ
ﺻ ِﻐﲑﺍ – ﹶﻛِﺒﲑﺍ – ﺼ ﲑ ﹰﺓ – ﹶﻻ ﻳ ﻐ ِﻄّﻲ – ﻣﺴﺎﹶﻓ ﹶﺔ ﹶﻃﻮِﻳﹶﻠ ﹰﺔ – ﻣﺴﺎﹶﻓ ﹰﺔ ﹶﻗ ِ
ﺠ ﺮ ﹸﺓ 2
ﺸﺍﻟ ﺠ ﺮ ﹸﺓ 3
ﺸﺍﻟ
ﻱ
ﺠ ﺪ
ﺍﹾﻟ ﺠ ﺮ ﹸﺓ 1
ﺸﺍﻟ
ﺸ ﻲ
ﺤﻤﺎ ﺭ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻮ ﺣ ِ
ﺍﹾﻟ ِ
ﺏ
ﺴﻨﺠﺎ
ﺍﻟ ِّ
ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻔ ﻬ ﺪ
ﺐ
ﺍﻟ ِّﺬﹾﺋ
ﺐ
ﺍﻟﱠﺜ ﻌﹶﻠ
ﺏ. ﺴﻨﺠﺎ ﺟ ﺰِﺋﻴﺎ ﺍﻟ ِّ ﺠ ﺮ ﹸﺓ 2ﺸ ﺍﻟ
ﺠ ﺮ ﹸﺓ .3
ﺸﹸﻛِّﻠﻴﺎ ﺍﻟ ﺸ ﻲﺤﻤﺎ ﺭ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻮ ﺣ ِ
ﺍﹾﻟ ِ
ﻱ.
ﺠ ﺪ ﺟ ﺰِﺋﻴﺎ ﺍﹾﻟ ﺸ ﻲ ﺤﻤﺎ ﺭ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻮ ﺣ ِ
ﺍﹾﻟ ِ
. ﺏ
ﺴﻨﺠﺎ ِ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻤﺴﺎﹶﻓ ﹸﺔ ﺍﹾﻟﻔﹶﺎﺻِﹶﻠ ﹸﺔ ﺑﻴ ﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻔ ﻬ ِﺪ ﻭﺍﻟ ِّ
158
ﺐ َﻷ ﱠﻥ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻤﺴﺎﹶﻓ ﹶﺔ ﺍﱠﻟﺘِﻲ
ﺴﺒ ِﺔ ِﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟ ِّﺬﹾﺋ ِ
ﺑِﺎﻟﻨ ﺏ
ﺴﻨﺠﺎ ﻳ ﹾﻈ ﻬ ﺮ ﺍﻟ ِّ
. ﺼﹸﻠ ﻪ ﻋﻨ ﻪ
ﺗ ﹾﻔ ِ
ﺐ َﻷ ﱠﻥ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻤﺴﺎﹶﻓ ﹶﺔ
ﺴﺒ ِﺔ ِﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﱠﺜ ﻌﹶﻠ ِ
ﺑِﺎﻟِّﻨ ﺸ ﻲ
ﺤﻤﺎ ﺭ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻮ ﺣ ِﻳ ﹾﻈ ﻬ ﺮ ﺍِﻟ ِ
ﺼ ﲑ ﹲﺓ.
ﺼﹸﻠ ﻪ ﻋﻨ ﻪ ﹶﻗ ِﺍﱠﻟﺘِﻲ ﺗ ﹾﻔ ِ
ﺿ ِﻌﻴِ ﺔ
ﺻ ﹸﻞ ِﻗﺮﺍ َﺀ ﹶﺓ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻮ
ﹸﺃﻭﺍ ِ
ﺸ ِّﻲ ِ» :ﺍ ﺣ ِﻤ ﹾﻠ ﻪ ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺤﻤﺎ ِﺭ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻮ ﺣ ِ ﺡ ﺑِﺎﹾﻟ ِ
ﻱ ﹶﻓﺼﺎ ﺠ ﺪ ِﺕ ﺍﹾﻟ ﺻ ﻮ ﺏ ﺴﻨﺠﺎ ﺳ ِﻤ ﻊ ﺍﻟ ِّ
ﺸ ﹶﺔ ِﺑ ﺮ ﹾﻗﺼِﻲ ﻭﹶﺃﹾﻟﻌﺎﺑِﻲ ﺕ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻤﺘ ﻮ ِﺣ ﺤﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎ ِﺏ ِﺑ ِﻪ« ﻭﹶﺃﻧﺎ ﺳﹶﺄ ﺷ ﻐ ﹸﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻇ ﻬ ِﺮ ﻙ ﻭﺍ ﻫ ﺮ
ﺍﻟﺒ ﻬﹶﻠﻮﺍِﻧﻴ ِﺔ.
ﺤ ﻮ
ﻚ ِﺑ ﺮﹶﻗﺒِﺘ ِﻪ ﻓﹶﺎﻧ ﹶﻄﹶﻠ ﻖ ِﺑ ِﻪ ﻧ ﺴ ﺤﻤﺎ ِﺭ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻮﺣﺸِﻲ ﻭﹶﺃ ﻣ ﻱ ﹶﻇ ﻬ ﺮ ﺍﹾﻟ ِ ﺠ ﺪ ﺐ ﺍﹾﻟ ﺭ ِﻛ
ﺤ ﹶﻜﻰ ﹶﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺮﻯ ﹶﻟ ﻪ. ﺍﻟ ﺰﺭِﻳﺒ ِﺔ ﻭﹶﺃﻧ ﺰﹶﻟ ﻪ ﹶﻓ ﻮ ﺟ ﺪ ﹸﺃ ﻣ ﻪ ﺑِﺎﻧِﺘﻈﹶﺎ ِﺭ ِﻩ ﺑﺎ ِﻛﻴ ﹰﺔ ﹶﻓ
ﺺ ﻭﺗ ﻐِﻨّﻲ ﺸ ِّﻲ ﺗ ﺮﹸﻗ ﺤﻤﺎ ِﺭ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻮ ﺣ ِ ﺖ ﺑِﺎﹾﻟ ِ ﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺰﺭِﻳﺒ ِﺔ ﻭﹶﺃﺣﺎ ﹶﻃ ﺖ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎ ﹶﻓ ِﺮ ﺣ
ﺤﻮﺍ ِﻥ.ﺸ ِﻌ ِﲑ ﺗ ﺰِّﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺷﻘﹶﺎِﺋ ﻖ ﺍﻟﻨ ﻌﻤﺎ ِﻥ ﻭﺍ ُﻷ ﹾﻗ ﺕ ﺍﻟ ﺖ ﹶﻟ ﻪ ِﺣ ﺰ ﻣ ﹰﺔ ِﻣ ﻦ ﻧﺒﺎ ِ ﻭﹶﻗ ﺪ ﻣ
ﺤﻤﺎ ﺭ
ﺖ ﺍﹾﻟ ِ
ﺕ ﺍ َﻷ ﻫِﻠﻴ ﹶﺔ ﺍﱠﻟﺘِﻲ ﺍ ﺳﺘ ﹾﻘﺒﹶﻠ ِ
ﺤﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎ ِ
ﺸ ﻬ ﺪ ﻭﹸﺃ ﺳ ِّﻤﻲ ﺍﹾﻟ
* ﹶﺃﺗﹶﺄ ﻣ ﹸﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻤ
ﺸ ﻲ.
ﺍﹾﻟ ﻮ ﺣ ِ
159
ﺐ.
ﺠ ﺪ ﻭ ﹶﻝ ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﹸﻛﺮﺍﺳِﻲ .ﻭﹸﺃ ﹶﻛ ِّﻤﹸﻠ ﻪ ِﺑﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺎ ِﺳ
ﺴ ﺦ ﺍﹾﻟ
-ﹶﺃﻧ
160
ﺟﻴ ﹲﺔ 2
ﺿ ِﻌﻴ ﹲﺔ ِﺇ ﺩﻣﺎ ِ
ﻭ
ﺴ ﻢ ﺍ ِﻹﻧﺴﺎ ِﻥ – ﺍﻟﺘ ﻐ ِﺬﻳ ﹸﺔ – ﺍﹾﻟﻤﺎﺩ ﹸﺓ
ِﺟ
ﺿ ِﻌﻴ ﹶﺔ
ﹶﺃ ﹾﻗ ﺮﹸﺃ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻮ
ﺤ ﺮ.ﺼ ﺪ ﺍﹾﻟﺒ ﺻﻨﺎ ﺭﺗ ﻪ ﻭﹶﻗ
ﺡ ﹸﺛ ﻢ ﹶﺃ ﺧ ﹶﺬ ِ
ﺼﺒﺎ ِ
ﻼ ُﺀ ﹶﻓﻄﹸﻮ ﺭ ﺍﻟ
ﺗﻨﺎ ﻭ ﹶﻝ ﻋ ﹶ
ﺻﻨﺎ ﺭﺗ ﻪ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﹾﻟﻤﺎ ِﺀ ﻭﺑ ِﻘ ﻲ ﻳﻨﺘ ِﻈ ﺮ.
ﺨ ﺮ ٍﺓ ﻭ ﺭﻣﻰ ِ
ﺻﻼ ُﺀ ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺲ ﻋ ﹶﺟﹶﻠ
ﺡ:
ﺼﺒﺎ ِ
ﻼ ُﺀ ﻓِﻲ ﹶﻓﻄﹸﻮ ِﺭ ﺍﻟ
* ﻫ ِﺬ ِﻩ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻃ ِﻌ ﻤ ﹲﺔ ﺗﻨﺎ ﻭﹶﻟﻬﺎ ﻋ ﹶ
ﺐ – ﺧﺒ ﺰ – ﺯﺑ ﺪ ﹲﺓ – ﺗﻔﱠﺎ ﺣ ﹲﺔ
ﺣﻠِﻴ
1 2
ﻉ.
ﺠ ﹾﺬ ِ
ﺻ ﹸﻞ – ﺍﹾﻟ ِ
ﺱ – ﺍﹾﻟ ﻤﻔﹶﺎ ِ
ﻑ – ﺍﻟ ﺮﹾﺃ ِ
* ﹸﺃ ﹶﻛ ِّﻤ ﹸﻞ ﺑِـ :ﺍ َﻷ ﹾﻃﺮﺍ ِ
162
ﺤ ﺮ ﹶﻛ ِﺔ
ﻑ ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ
ﺍ َﻷ ﹾﻃﺮﺍ ﺗﺴﺎ ِﻋ ﺪ
ﻭ ﻭ ﺴ ﻢ ﺍ ِﻹﻧﺴﺎ ِﻥ ِﻣ ﻦ
ﻳﺘ ﹶﻜ ﻮ ﹸﻥ ِﺟ
ﺿ ِﻌﻴِ ﺔ
ﺻ ﹸﻞ ِﻗﺮﺍ َﺀ ﹶﺓ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻮ
ﹸﺃﻭﺍ ِ
ﻚ
ﺼ ﹶﻞ ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺳ ﻤ ٍ
ﺼﻴﺪ ،ﻭ ِﻋﻨ ﺪﻣﺎ ﺣ ﺻ ﹶﻞ ﺍﻟ ﺴﱠﻠﺔِ ﻭﻭﺍ ﺴ ﻤ ﹶﻜ ﹶﺔ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟ ﻼ ٌﺀ ﺍﻟ
ﺿ ﻊ ﻋ ﹶ ﻭ
ﺐ ِﻣ ﻦ ﹸﺃ ِّﻣ ِﻪ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﺗ ِﻌ ﺪ ﻭ ﺟﺒ ﹶﺔ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻐﺪﺍ ِﺀ.
ﹶﻛِﺜ ٍﲑ ﻋﺎ ﺩ ِﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻤﻨ ِﺰ ِﻝ ﻭ ﹶﻃﹶﻠ
ﺤ ﹶﺔ :
ﺼﺤِﻴ * ﹶﺃ ﹾﻗ ﺮﹸﺃ ﺍ ِﻹﻓﹶﺎ ﺩ ﹶﺓ ﺍﻟ
ﻼ ِﺓ.
ﺖ ﺷ ﹾﻜ ﹶﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻤ ﹾﻘ ﹶ ﹶﺃ ﺧ ﹶﺬ ﺍﻟ ﺰﻳ
ﻼ ِﺓ.ﻚ ﺷ ﹾﻜ ﹶﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻤ ﹾﻘ ﹶ ﺴ ﻤ ﹶﺃ ﺧ ﹶﺬ ﺍﻟ
ﺖ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻤ ﹾﻄﺒ ِﺦ. ﺸ ﺮ ﺑﺨﺎ ﺭ ﺍﻟ ﺰﻳ ِ ِﺍﻧﺘ
ﺿ ِﻌﻴِ ﺔ
ﺻ ﹸﻞ ِﻗﺮﺍ َﺀ ﹶﺓ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻮ
ﹸﺃﻭﺍ ِ
ﻚ ﻳﺎ ﹸﺃ ِﻣّﻲ ! «
ﺴ ﻤ ِ
ﺤ ﹶﺔ ﺍﻟ
ﻼ ٌﺀ ُﻷ ِّﻣ ِﻪ » :ﻣﹶﺎ ﹶﺃ ﺷﻬﻰ ﺭﺍِﺋ
ﻗﹶﺎ ﹶﻝ ﻋ ﹶ
163
ﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻭﹶﻟﺪِﻱ،
ﺴﻨ
ﺖ ﹶﻟ ﻪ ﹸﺃ ﻣ ﻪ » :ﻟ ﻮ ﹶﻻ ﻙ ﻣﺎ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﻏﹶﺪﺍ ﺅﻧﺎ ﺳ ﻤﻜﹰﺎ ﻣ ﹾﻘِﻠﻴﺎ ،ﹶﺃ ﺣ
ﻗﹶﺎﹶﻟ
ﺻﻴ ِﺪ ﻙ«.
ﺐ ِﻣ ﻦ ﺍﻟﹾ ِﻘ ﱠﻄ ﹸﺔ ﹶﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺳﻴﻜﹸﻮ ﹸﻥ ﹶﻟﻬﺎ ﻧﺼِﻴ
ﺻ ﹸﻞ ﺗ ﻌ ِﻤ ﲑ ﻩ.
ﺠ ﺪ ﻭ ﹶﻝ ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﹸﻛﺮﺍﺳِﻲ ﻭﹸﺃﻭﺍ ِ
ﺴ ﺦ ﺍﹾﻟ
* ﹶﺃﻧ
ﺠ ﻤ ﹶﻞ ﻭﹶﺃ ﺧﺘﺎ ﺭ ﻣِﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﹸﺃﻭﺍِﻓ ﻖ ﻋﹶﻠﻴ ِﻪ ﻭﹸﺃ ﻋِّﻠ ﹸﻞ ِﺍ ﺧِﺘﻴﺎﺭِﻱ * ﹶﺃ ﹾﻗ ﺮﹸﺃ ﺍﹾﻟ
ﻚ ﹸﻛﱠﻠ ﻪ. ﺴ ﻤ ﻼ ٌﺀ ﺍﻟ ﹶﺃ ﹶﻛ ﹶﻞ ﻋ ﹶ
ﻼ ٌﺀ ﻳ ﺪﻳ ِﻪ ﹶﻗﺒ ﹶﻞ ﺍ َﻷ ﹾﻛ ِﻞ ﻭﺑ ﻌ ﺪ ﻩ. ﺴ ﹶﻞ ﻋ ﹶ ﹶﻏ
ﻚ ِﺑِﻠﺴﺎِﻧﻬﺎ. ﺴ ﻤ ِ ﺖ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻘ ﱠﻄ ﹸﺔ ﺑﻘﹶﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻟ ﺍِﹾﻟﺘ ﹶﻘ ﹶﻄ ِ
ﻼ ٌﺀ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻐﺪﺍ َﺀ ﺑﺘﹶﺄ ٍّﻥ.
ﺗﻨﺎ ﻭ ﹶﻝ ﻋ ﹶ
ﺴ ِﻞ ﺍ َﻷﻭﺍﻧِﻲ. ﻼ ٌﺀ ﹸﺃ ﻣ ﻪ ﻓِﻲ ﹶﻏ ﺳﺎ ﻋ ﺪ ﻋ ﹶ
ﺖ ﺍ ُﻷ ﻡ ﹶﻏ ﹾﻠ ﻖ ﻗﹶﺎﺭﻭ ﺭ ﹶﺓ ﺍﹾﻟﻐﺎ ِﺯ. ﹶﺃ ﺣ ﹶﻜ ﻤ ِ
164
ﺟﻴ ﹲﺔ 3
ﺿ ِﻌﻴ ﹲﺔ ِﺇ ﺩﻣﺎ ِ
ﻭ
ﺲ – ﺍﻟﺰ ﻣ ﻦ
ﺍﻟﺘﻨ ﱡﻘ ﹸﻞ – ﺍﻟﺘﻨ ﱡﻔ
ﺿ ِﻌﻴ ﹶﺔ
ﹶﺃ ﹾﻗ ﺮﹸﺃ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻮ
ﺼﻴ ِﺪ.
ﺣ ﱠﻞ ﻣ ﻮ ِﺳ ﻢ ﺍﻟ
ﻼ ٍﺀ ِﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﹾﻟﻐﺎﺑ ِﺔ ﻭ ﻣ ﻌ ﻪ ﹶﻛ ﹾﻠﺒ ﻪ.
ﺝ ﹶﺃﺑﻮ ﻋ ﹶ ﺧ ﺮ
ﻱّ
ﺙ ﹶﻏ ﻴ ﺮ ﺩ ﻭ ِﺭ ٍ
ﺣ ﺪ ﹲ ﺙ ﺩ ﻭ ِﺭﻱ
ﺣ ﺪ ﹲ
ﺼﻴ ِﺪ
ﻼ ٍﺀ ﻣ ﻊ ﹶﺃﺑِﻴ ِﻪ ِﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟ
ﺏ ﻋ ﹶ
ﹶﺫﻫﺎ ﺼﻴ ِﺪ
ﻣ ﻮ ِﺳ ﻢ ﺍﻟ
165
ﺸ ﻬ ﺪ.
* ﹶﺃﺗﹶﺄ ﻣ ﹸﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻤ
ﺸﻴﺎ – ﻋ ﺪﻭﺍ – ﹶﻗ ﹾﻔﺰﺍ – ِﺳﺒﺎ ﺣ ﹰﺔ – ﹶﻃﻴﺮﺍﻧﺎ. * ﹸﺃ ﹶﻛ ِّﻤ ﹸﻞ ﺑِـ :ﻣ
. ﻼ ٍﺀ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﹾﻟﻐﺎﺑ ِﺔ
ﻳﺘﻨ ﱠﻘ ﹸﻞ ﹶﺃﺑﻮ ﻋ ﹶ
. ﺐ
ﻳﺘﻨ ﱠﻘ ﹸﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜ ﹾﻠ
. ﺐ
ﻳﺘﻨ ﱠﻘ ﹸﻞ ﺍ َﻷ ﺭﻧ
. ﻳﺘﻨ ﱠﻘ ﹸﻞ ﺍﻟﱠﻠ ﹾﻘﹶﻠ ﻖ
. ﺴ ﻤﻜﹶﺔ ُ ﺗﺘﻨ ﱠﻘ ﹸﻞ ﺍﻟ
. ﺤﻤﺎ ﻣ ﹸﺔ ﺗﺘﻨ ﱠﻘ ﹸﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ
ﺿ ِﻌﻴِ ﺔ
ﺻ ﹸﻞ ِﻗﺮﺍ َﺀ ﹶﺓ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻮ ِ
ﹸﺃﻭﺍ ِ
ﺨﺘِﻠ ﹶﻔ ٍﺔ.
ﺕ ﻣ
ﺐ ﺗ ﻌﺪﻭ ﻓِﻲ ﺍِّﺗﺠﺎﻫﺎ ٍ ﺕ ﹶﺃ ﺭﻧ ﹶﻗﻔﹶ ﺰ
ﺏ ﺑﻨ ﺪِﻗﻴﺘ ﻪﺻ ﻮ ﻼ ٍﺀ ﻭ
ﻉ ﹶﺃﺑﻮ ﻋ ﹶﺚ .ﹶﺃ ﺳ ﺮ ﺠﺮِﻱ ﻭ ﻫ ﻮ ﻳ ﹾﻠ ﻬ ﹸ
ﺐ ﻳ
ﺤ ﻖ ِﺑﻬﺎ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜ ﹾﻠ
ﹶﻓﹶﻠ ِ
ﺠ ِّﻮ.
ﺕ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﹾﻟ ﺖ ﺣﻤﺎ ﻣ ﹲﺔ ﹶﻓﻄﹶﺎ ﺭ ﺤ ﻮﻫﺎ .ﻭﹶﺃ ﹾﻃﹶﻠ ﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺎ ﺭ ﹶﻓﹶﺄﺻﺎﺑﻬﺎ .ﺧﺎﹶﻓ ﻧ
166
ﻀ ِﻮ ﺍﱠﻟﺬِﻱ ﻳﺴﺎ ِﻋ ﺪ ﻋﻠﹶﻰ :
* ﹶﺃ ﹾﺫ ﹸﻛ ﺮ ﺭ ﹾﻗ ﻢ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻌ
ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻘ ﹾﻔ ِﺰ
2 1 ﺍﻟ ﱠﻄﻴﺮﺍ ِﻥ
3 ﺍﹾﻟ ﻌ ﺪ ِﻭ
4 ﺴﺒﺎ ﺣ ِﺔ ﺍﻟ ِّ
5 ﺸ ِﻲ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻤ
ﺿ ِﻌﻴِ ﺔ
ﺻ ﹸﻞ ِﻗﺮﺍ َﺀ ﹶﺓ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻮ
ﹸﺃﻭﺍ ِ
ﺐ ﻓِﻲ ﹶﻓ ِﻤ ِﻪ ﹶﻓﹶﺄ ﺧ ﹶﺬﻫﺎ
ﺤ ِﻤ ﹸﻞ ﺍ َﻷ ﺭﻧ
ﺐ ﻳ
ﺼﻴﺎ ﺩ ﻟِﻠﺮﺍ ﺣ ِﺔ ﹶﻓﹶﺄ ﹾﻗﺒ ﹶﻞ ﻋﹶﻠﻴ ِﻪ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜ ﹾﻠ
ﺲ ﺍﻟ
ﺟﹶﻠ
ﺿ ﻌﻬﺎ ﻓِﻲ ِﺟﺮﺍِﺑ ِﻪ. ﻼ ٍﺀ ﻭ ﻭ
ﹶﺃﺑﻮ ﻋ ﹶ
167
ﺲ
ﺲ -ﹶﻻ ﺗﺘﻨ ﱠﻔ ﺲ – ﺍﹾﻟﻤﺎ ِﺀ – ﺍﹾﻟ ﻬﻮﺍ ِﺀ – ﺍﻟﺘﻨ ﱡﻔ ِ * ﹸﺃ ﹶﻛ ِّﻤ ﹸﻞ ﺑِـ :ﺗﺘﻨ ﱠﻔ
ﺴ ﺮ ﻋ ٍﺔ.
ِﺑ ﺐ ﺗ ﻌﺪﻭ ﻭ ِﻫ ﻲﺖ ﺍ َﻷ ﺭﻧ ِﺍﻧ ﹶﻄﻠﹶ ﹶﻘ ِ
. ﻓِﻲ ﺴ ﻤ ﹶﻜ ﹸﺔ
ﺍﻟ
. ﻓِﻲ ﺤﻤﺎ ﻣ ﹸﺔ ﺍﹾﻟ
. ﺖ ﻋ ﻤِﻠﻴ ﹸﺔﺐ ﹶﻓﺘ ﻌ ﱠﻄﹶﻠ
ﺖ ﺍ َﻷ ﺭﻧ ﻣﺎﺗ ِ
ﺿ ِﻌﻴِ ﺔ
ﺻ ﹸﻞ ِﻗﺮﺍ َﺀ ﹶﺓ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻮ
ﹸﺃﻭﺍ ِ
ﺸ ﻲ
ﻼ ٍﺀ ﺑِﺎﻟﺮﺍ ﺣ ِﺔ ﺭ ﹾﻏ ﻢ ﺍﻟﺘ ﻌﺐِ ،ﻓﹶﺎﹾﻟ ﻬﻮﺍ ُﺀ ﺑِﺎﹾﻟﻐﺎﺑ ِﺔ ﻧ ِﻘ ﻲ ﻭﺍﹾﻟ ﻤ
ﺲ ﹶﺃﺑﻮ ﻋ ﹶ
ﹶﺃ ﺣ
ﺴ ﻤ ﻪ.
ﺝ ِﺇﹶﻟﻴﻬﺎ ِﺟ
ﺤﺘﺎ ﺿ ﹲﺔ ﻳ ﻱ ِﺭﻳﺎ
ﺠ ﺮ
ﻭﺍﹾﻟ
ﺠ ﻤ ﹶﻞ ﻭﹶﺃ ﺧﺘﺎ ﺭ ﻣِﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﹸﺃﻭﺍِﻓ ﻖ ﻋﹶﻠﻴ ِﻪ ﻭﹸﺃ ﻋِّﻠ ﹸﻞ ِﺍ ﺧِﺘﻴﺎﺭِﻱ. * ﹶﺃ ﹾﻗ ﺮﹸﺃ ﺍﹾﻟ
ﺙ.ﺲ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻬﻮﺍ َﺀ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻤﹶﻠ ﻮ ﹶ ﹶﺃﺗﻨ ﱠﻔ ﺲ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻬﻮﺍ َﺀ ﺍﻟﻨ ِﻘ ﻲ.
ﹶﺃﺗﻨ ﱠﻔ
ﺴﻤِﻲ. ﻼ ﻣ ِﺔ ِﺟ ﻆ ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺳ ﹶ ﹸﺃﺣﺎِﻓ ﹸ ﺿ ﹶﺔ ﺑِﺎ ﺳِﺘ ﻤﺮﺍ ٍﺭ.
ﺱ ﺍﻟ ِّﺮﻳﺎ ﹸﺃﻣﺎ ِﺭ
ﺿ ِﺔ.
ﺤ ﻢ ﺑ ﻌ ﺪ ﻣﻤﺎ ﺭ ﺳ ِﺔ ﺍﻟ ِّﺮﻳﺎ
ﹶﺃ ﹾﻓﺘ ﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍِﻓ ﹶﺬ ِﻟﺘ ﻬ ِﻮﹶﺋ ِﺔ ﹸﻏ ﺮﹶﻓﺘِﻲ ﻳ ﻮ ِﻣﻴﺎ .ﹶﺃ ﺳﺘ ِ
ﺏ ﻭﺑِﺎ ﺳِﺘ ﻤﺮﺍ ٍﺭ. ﹸﺃﺷﺎ ِﻫ ﺪ ﺍﻟِّﺘ ﹾﻠﻔﹶﺎ ﺯ ﻋ ﻦ ﹸﻗ ﺮ ٍ
168
ﺟﻴ ﹲﺔ 4
ﺿ ِﻌﻴ ﹲﺔ ِﺇ ﺩﻣﺎ ِ
ﻭ
ﺍﹾﻟﻤﺎﺩ ﹸﺓ – ﺍﹾﻟ ﹸﻘﻮ ﹸﺓ – ﺍﻟﺘ ﻐ ِﺬﻳ ﹸﺔ
ﺿ ِﻌﻴ ﹶﺔ :
ﹶﺃ ﹾﻗ ﺮﹸﺃ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻮ
ﺠﺒﺘ ﻪ :
ﻀﻴ ﻌ ِﺔ ﹶﻓ ﺮﺃﹶﻯ ﻣﺸﺎ ِﻫ ﺪ ﹶﺃ ﻋ ﻼ ٌﺀ ﻣ ﻊ ﻋ ﻤ ِﻪ ِﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﻟ
ﺝ ﻋ ﹶﺧ ﺮ
ﺡ ...ﺠﻨِﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﱠﺎ
ﺠ ﺰ ﺭ ﻭﺍﻵ ﺧ ﺮ ﻳ ﺙ ﺍ َﻷ ﺭﺽ ،ﻭﺫﹶﺍ ﻙ ﻳ ﹾﻘِﻠ ﻊ ﺍﹾﻟ ﺤ ِﺮ ﹸﻫﺬﹶﺍ ﻋﺎ ِﻣ ﹲﻞ ﻳ
ﺲ
ﺐ ﺟﹶﻠ
ﺲ ﺑِﺎﻟﺘ ﻌ ِ
ﻀﻴ ﻌ ِﺔ ﻭﹶﻟﻤﺎ ﹶﺃ ﺣ ﻼ ٌﺀ ﻣ ﻊ ﻋ ِّﻤ ِﻪ ﻓِﻲ ﹶﺃﻧﺤﺎ ِﺀ ﺍﻟ ﺠ ﻮ ﹶﻝ ﻋ ﹶ ﺗ
ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺣﺎﱠﻓ ِﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎِﻗﻴ ِﺔ ﻳﻨ ﹸﻈ ﺮ ِﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﺍﹾﻟﻤﺎ ِﺀ ﺍﹾﻟﺠﺎﺭِﻱ ...
ﺻ ﹾﻠﺒ ﹰﺔ ﻭﹶﺃ ﺟﺴﺎﻣﺎ ﺳﺎِﺋﹶﻠ ﹰﺔ ﻭﹶﺃ ﺟﺴﺎﻣﺎ ﻏﹶﺎ ِﺯﻳ ﹰﺔ
ﺸ ﻬ ﺪ ﻭﹸﺃ ﺳ ِﻤّﻲ ﹶﺃ ﺟﺴﺎﻣﺎ
* ﹶﺃﺗﹶﺄ ﻣ ﹸﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ ﻤ
ﻀﻴ ﻌ ِﺔ.
ﻼ ٌﺀ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟ ﺭﺁﻫﺎ ﻋ ﹶ
ﹶﺃ ﺟﺴﺎ ﻡ ﻏﹶﺎ ِﺯﻳ ﹲﺔ ﹶﺃ ﺟﺴﺎ ﻡ ﺳﺎِﺋ ﹶﻠ ﹲﺔ ﺻ ﹾﻠﺒ ﹲﺔ
ﹶﺃ ﺟﺴﺎ ﻡ
ﻑ
ﺧ ﺮﺷﻮ ﺕ
ﻳﺎﻏﹸﻮ ﺭ ﺴ ﹲﻞ
ﻋ ﺹ
ِﺇﺟﺎ
ﺐ
ﺣﻠِﻴ ﺼ ﹲﻞ
ﺑ ﺟ ﺰ ﺭ ﺲ
ﺧ
ﲔ
ِﺗ ﺗ ﻤ ﺮ ﻣ ﹾﻘﺮﻭﻧ ﹲﺔ ﺾ
ﺑﻴ
172
ﺨ ﹶﻄﹶﺄ
ﺻِﻠ ﺢ ﺍﹾﻟ
ﻸ ﹾﻏ ِﺬﻳ ِﺔ ﻭﹸﺃ
ﻒ ﹸﺃ ﻣﻴ ﻤ ﹶﺔ ِﻟ َ
ﺼﻨِﻴ
* ﹶﺃ ﹾﻗ ﺮﹸﺃ ﺗ
173
ﺍﻟﻔﻬﺮﺱ
ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ﺍﶈﺘﻮﻯ
14-3 ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ
27-15 ﺍﳌﺨﻄﹼﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﻮﻱ
62-28 ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮﻱ )ﻋﻠﻢ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﺀ /ﻓﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ(
ﺟﺬﺍﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ
– 1ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺰﻳﺎﺀ :
174
ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﺀ : ﻋﻠﻢ –2
* ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ (*) :ﻫﺬﻩ ﻋﻴﻨﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺬﺍﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﻠﹼﻢ )ﺓ( ﻣﺪﻋ ﻮ )ﺓ( ﺇﱃ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺟﺬﺍﺫﺍﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺎﻫﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺟﺔ
ﺑﺎﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺮﲰﻴﺔ.
175
176